Quarterlytics / Technology / Software - Application / Paylocity

Paylocity

pcty · NASDAQ Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker pcty
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Technology
Industry Software - Application
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2021 Annual Report · Paylocity
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
2021
Annual  
Report

“ It was everything we needed, all  
in one place. Paylocity’s all-in-one 
solution helped modernize the  
entire employee experience.”

Chief Human Resource Officer 
San Luis Valley Behavioral Health Group

“ It was everything we needed, all  

in one place. Paylocity’s all-in-one 

solution helped modernize the  

entire employee experience.”

Chief Human Resource Officer 

San Luis Valley Behavioral Health Group

About 
Paylocity

Paylocity is a leading provider of cloud-based payroll and human capital management (HCM) software solutions.  
Our comprehensive product suite delivers a unified platform for professionals to make strategic decisions in the areas 
of benefits, core HR, payroll, talent, and workforce management, while cultivating a modern workplace and improving 
employee engagement. Headquartered in Schaumburg, IL., we have consistently been recognized nationally for our 
innovation, culture, and growth.

Technology

Experience

Service

Industry-leading, cloud-based 
payroll and HCM software provides 
clients with a robust, unified 
platform to recruit, retain, and 
engage employees.

Paylocity’s intuitive, user-friendly 
platform helps automate daily HR 
tasks, while providing a collaborative, 
consumer-style work experience for 
employees.

Flexible service model offers clients 
timely, consultative support under 
the care of an assigned account 
manager and backed by a team of 
highly trained experts.

Integration

Culture

Analytics

Paylocity connects with other 
business systems to effortlessly flow 
data across the tools our clients 
use most.

By using our own technology to 
connect, collaborate, and innovate 
with each other, Paylocity is 
constantly enriching our award-
winning culture.

Robust data analysis and reporting 
capabilities that span demographics, 
retention insights, turnover trends, 
labor costs, and more.

Fiscal 2021 Highlights

4,150

Employees

28,750

Clients

100+

Employees

Avg. client size

18%

Client growth 

92%+  

Revenue retention

$632 million

Recurring and 
other revenue

16%

Recurring and other 
revenue YoY growth

$636 million

Total revenue

13%

Total revenue 
YoY growth

27%

Adj. EBITDA margin*

* Refer to Financial Highlights and Appendix A for additional details on non-GAAP financial measures.

Paylocity 2021 Annual Report

1

Message from Our  
Message from our Chief 
Chief Executive  
Executive Officer
Officer

Fellow Shareholders:

Fiscal 2021 provided the opportunity for Paylocity to stand apart 
from the competition in serving our clients, supporting our 
employees, and delivering leading technology while also driving 
continued revenue and client growth.  Despite the macro-
economic headwinds from COVID-19, we are very pleased with 
what we accomplished in fiscal 2021 and the strong momentum 
we see across our business in fiscal 2022. We ended the fiscal 
year with 28,750 clients and total revenue of $635.6 million, 
which represented 18% client growth and 13% revenue growth 
over fiscal 2020. We have also been pleased with our ability to 
maintain profitability and free cash flow in the face of the ongoing 
pandemic. In fiscal 2021 we generated adjusted EBITDA of 
$170.0 million or 26.7% of revenue, combined with free-cash flow of 
$86.8 million or 13.7% of revenue.

Our value proposition of providing the most modern and 
comprehensive product suite continues to resonate in the 
marketplace as products focused on the Modern Workforce 
continue to see strong utilization growth by our clients. 
In Community, our social collaboration platform, we saw 
an average of over 25,000 announcements per month, 
and our monthly unique visitors doubled during fiscal 
2021, with hundreds of thousands of user interactions per 
month. Community has seen rapid adoption by companies 
with dispersed workforces – including mobile and remote 
employees, contractors and shift workers, who may not have 
regular access to corporate email or computer terminals. 
Additionally, usage of our Survey product increased significantly 
in fiscal 2021, with an average of more than 1 million surveys 
launched each month, while Premium Video usage surpassed 
over half a million video plays across the product suite. Our 
Learning Management product has similarly seen significant 
growth, with over 200,000 learning courses being completed 
per month by employees and nearly 90% engagement on all 
video content recorded and uploaded leveraging our video 
product. Lastly, the Paylocity Modern Workforce Index or MWI, 
which analyzes, scores, and tracks a company’s progress in 
delivering a more engaging experience to their employees, has 
been instrumental in driving client conversations, and we’re very 
pleased with the traction this tool is seeing in the marketplace.

Our commitment to product development continues to be 
recognized by independent third parties, with Paylocity ranking 
high on the G2 Crowd Summer Grid Reports during fiscal 2021, 

2

Paylocity 2021 Annual Report

including being listed as a leader in 12 product categories and 
being recognized in the Mid-Market and Enterprise segments.

We also continue to invest in our salesforce by adding new 
sales reps, while also investing in our referral channel, digital 
marketing, and digital lead generation initiatives to support our 
go-to-market efforts. We believe there are significant growth 
opportunities for our Company, as our core target market has 
more than 1.3 million businesses.

From an operational perspective, we remain focused on 
delivering world-class service to our 28,750 clients. The 
pandemic brought uncertainty and a rapidly evolving regulatory 
environment to our clients and their employees. I’m proud of the 
efforts of our operations teams, who worked proactively with 
clients during this challenging period, as well as our software 
development teams, who help us provide our clients with the 
most modern software in the industry. This combination of service 
and technology allowed us to deliver revenue retention of greater 
than 92% for fiscal 2021 – its highest level in several years.

The success we’ve had as a company would not be possible 
without the dedication and commitment of our more than 4,000 
employees, who worked hand-in-hand with our clients through 
a very challenging year. The strong culture at Paylocity also 
continues to be recognized as we were once again named a 
Certified Great Place to Work while also ranking 9th in Fortune’s 
100 Fastest-Growing Companies list. Another important 
component of our culture is Paylocity’s commitment to being a 
leader in social and environmental responsibility and corporate 
governance – and we have programs in place across our 
business that are showcased on the Corporate Responsibility 
section of our website.

As we reflect on our performance in fiscal 2021, I would 
like to thank our employees, clients, and partners for all of 
their contributions!

Steve Beauchamp 
Chief Executive Officer

Message from Our  

Message from our Chief 

Chief Executive  

Executive Officer

Officer

Fiscal 2021 provided the opportunity for Paylocity to stand apart 

including being listed as a leader in 12 product categories and 

from the competition in serving our clients, supporting our 

being recognized in the Mid-Market and Enterprise segments.

Fellow Shareholders:

employees, and delivering leading technology while also driving 

continued revenue and client growth.  Despite the macro-

economic headwinds from COVID-19, we are very pleased with 

what we accomplished in fiscal 2021 and the strong momentum 

we see across our business in fiscal 2022. We ended the fiscal 

year with 28,750 clients and total revenue of $635.6 million, 

which represented 18% client growth and 13% revenue growth 

over fiscal 2020. We have also been pleased with our ability to 

maintain profitability and free cash flow in the face of the ongoing 

pandemic. In fiscal 2021 we generated adjusted EBITDA of 

$170.0 million or 26.7% of revenue, combined with free-cash flow of 

$86.8 million or 13.7% of revenue.

Our value proposition of providing the most modern and 

comprehensive product suite continues to resonate in the 

marketplace as products focused on the Modern Workforce 

continue to see strong utilization growth by our clients. 

In Community, our social collaboration platform, we saw 

an average of over 25,000 announcements per month, 

and our monthly unique visitors doubled during fiscal 

2021, with hundreds of thousands of user interactions per 

month. Community has seen rapid adoption by companies 

with dispersed workforces – including mobile and remote 

employees, contractors and shift workers, who may not have 

regular access to corporate email or computer terminals. 

Additionally, usage of our Survey product increased significantly 

in fiscal 2021, with an average of more than 1 million surveys 

launched each month, while Premium Video usage surpassed 

over half a million video plays across the product suite. Our 

Learning Management product has similarly seen significant 

growth, with over 200,000 learning courses being completed 

per month by employees and nearly 90% engagement on all 

video content recorded and uploaded leveraging our video 

product. Lastly, the Paylocity Modern Workforce Index or MWI, 

which analyzes, scores, and tracks a company’s progress in 

delivering a more engaging experience to their employees, has 

been instrumental in driving client conversations, and we’re very 

pleased with the traction this tool is seeing in the marketplace.

Our commitment to product development continues to be 

recognized by independent third parties, with Paylocity ranking 

high on the G2 Crowd Summer Grid Reports during fiscal 2021, 

We also continue to invest in our salesforce by adding new 

sales reps, while also investing in our referral channel, digital 

marketing, and digital lead generation initiatives to support our 

go-to-market efforts. We believe there are significant growth 

opportunities for our Company, as our core target market has 

more than 1.3 million businesses.

From an operational perspective, we remain focused on 

delivering world-class service to our 28,750 clients. The 

pandemic brought uncertainty and a rapidly evolving regulatory 

environment to our clients and their employees. I’m proud of the 

efforts of our operations teams, who worked proactively with 

clients during this challenging period, as well as our software 

development teams, who help us provide our clients with the 

most modern software in the industry. This combination of service 

and technology allowed us to deliver revenue retention of greater 

than 92% for fiscal 2021 – its highest level in several years.

The success we’ve had as a company would not be possible 

without the dedication and commitment of our more than 4,000 

employees, who worked hand-in-hand with our clients through 

a very challenging year. The strong culture at Paylocity also 

continues to be recognized as we were once again named a 

Certified Great Place to Work while also ranking 9th in Fortune’s 

100 Fastest-Growing Companies list. Another important 

component of our culture is Paylocity’s commitment to being a 

leader in social and environmental responsibility and corporate 

governance – and we have programs in place across our 

business that are showcased on the Corporate Responsibility 

section of our website.

As we reflect on our performance in fiscal 2021, I would 

like to thank our employees, clients, and partners for all of 

their contributions!

Gaining  
Momentum

“We made changes such 
as spending more time 
training and investing in 
our employees’ futures. 
After two years with 
Paylocity, our turnover 
was cut by more 
than 60%.” 

HR Director, Vstyles, Inc.   
140 employees

Product adoption highlights:

Community monthly 
unique visitors doubled  
in the last year.
Employees created hundreds 
of thousands of interactions per 
month, including reactions and 
comments.

Video creation nearly 
tripled on the platform 
between December 2020 
and June 2021. 
Clients use videos across the platform 
in Community, Learning Management, 
Onboarding, Surveys, and Recruiting.

Millions of surveys were 
completed last year.
The Paylocity platform provided 
clients with popular ready-to-
use templates.

Companies with higher MWI scores show 15-25% lower attrition and 24% higher headcount growth.

Revere Plastics relies on Paylocity to create a strong culture and compete with larger chains to attract and retain  
talent. Revere Plastics’ HR VP Kristi Stuetzer commented, “We needed a system that could help build our culture, 
connect our 1,200 employees across nine plants, and give our HR team useful data.” Paylocity cut our HR team’s  
onboarding work by 25-30% and helped us increase engagement with Surveys, Community, and Video, and our  
employees have embraced these tools.”

“Paylocity is helping us build relationships with people and build our culture. And for the 
first time, now we have a pulse on both.”

Steve Beauchamp 

Chief Executive Officer

VP of Human Resources, Revere Plastics  
1,200 employees

2

Paylocity 2021 Annual Report

Paylocity 2021 Annual Report

3

Financial 
Highlights

Long-Term Financial Targets

Squarely focused on 20%+ revenue growth while 
demonstrating leverage in our business model

Revenue Growth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  20%+

Adjusted Gross Margin  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  70-75%

Total R&D Investment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15%

Sales/Marketing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-25%

General & Administrative  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15%

Adjusted EBITDA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-35%

Free Cash Flow  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-20%

Note - Financial targets except revenue growth based on 
percentage of total revenue.

Revenue
$ millions

2 0 %   C A G R
▲ 20%

YoY growth

▲ 13%

YoY growth

▲ 26%
     YoY growth

3
6
3
$

2
7
3
$

8
4
4
$

8
6
4
$

6
4
5
$

1
6
5
$

2
3
6
$

6
3
6
$

FY18

FY19

FY20

FY21

Recurring and Other Revenue

Total Revenue

Note - FY18 revenue represents pro forma non-GAAP revenue 
under ASC 606. Refer to Appendix A for a reconciliation of GAAP 
to non-GAAP financial measures.

Free Cash Flow*
$ millions

Adjusted EBITDA*
$ millions

2 1 %   C A G R

▲ 16.3%
     Margin

▲ 12.5%

Margin

▲ 13.7%

Margin

▲ 21.5%
     Margin

▲ 12.9%
     Margin

2 8 %   C A G R

▲ 28.5%
Margin

▲ 26.7%
Margin

▲ 28.7%
     Margin

9
4
$

6
7
$

0
7
$

7
8
$

1
8
$

4
3
1
$

0
6
1
$

0
7
1
$

FY18

FY19

FY20

FY21

FY18

FY19

FY20

FY21

Strong Balance Sheet - $207M Cash &  
Invested Corporate Cash as of 6/30/21

* Refer to Appendix A for a reconciliation of GAAP to non-GAAP financial measures.

4

Paylocity 2021 Annual Report

Financial 

Highlights

Unified Suite of Payroll, HCM, & 
Modern Workforce Solutions

Long-Term Financial Targets

Squarely focused on 20%+ revenue growth while 

demonstrating leverage in our business model

Revenue Growth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  20%+

Adjusted Gross Margin  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  70-75%

Total R&D Investment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15%

Sales/Marketing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-25%

General & Administrative  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15%

Adjusted EBITDA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-35%

Free Cash Flow  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-20%

Revenue

$ millions

2 0 %   C A G R

▲ 20%

YoY growth

▲ 13%

YoY growth

▲ 26%

     YoY growth

3

6

3

$

2

7

3

$

8

4

4

$

8

6

4

$

6

4

5

$

1

6

5

$

2

3

6

$

6

3

6

$

FY18

FY19

FY20

FY21

Recurring and Other Revenue

Total Revenue

Note - Financial targets except revenue growth based on 

Note - FY18 revenue represents pro forma non-GAAP revenue 

percentage of total revenue.

under ASC 606. Refer to Appendix A for a reconciliation of GAAP 

to non-GAAP financial measures.

2 1 %   C A G R

▲ 16.3%

     Margin

▲ 12.5%

Margin

▲ 13.7%

Margin

▲ 21.5%

     Margin

▲ 12.9%

     Margin

2 8 %   C A G R

▲ 28.5%

Margin

▲ 26.7%

Margin

▲ 28.7%

     Margin

9

4

$

6

7

$

0

7

$

7

8

$

1

8

$

4

3

1

$

0

6

1

$

0

7

1

$

FY18

FY19

FY20

FY21

FY18

FY19

FY20

FY21

Strong Balance Sheet - $207M Cash &  

Invested Corporate Cash as of 6/30/21

* Refer to Appendix A for a reconciliation of GAAP to non-GAAP financial measures.

Employee System of Record

Payroll

Core HR

Talent

Modern 
Workforce

Workforce 
Management

Benefits

•  SaaS based 

•  Single system 

•  Recruiting

•  Community

•  Time & labor 

•  Benefit 

payroll

for Payroll & HR 

•  Onboarding

•  Premium Video

online tracking

•  Tax filing, 

•  Self service 

direct deposit 

portal 

•  Performance 
management

•  Rewards & 
recognition

•  Integration 
with 3rd 
parties

•  On-demand 

pay

•  HR compliance 

•  Learning 

•  Surveys

management

& record 
keeping

•  Document 
Library

•  Manage 

employee 
schedules

enrollment & 
updates

•  Advanced 
reporting

•  TPA solutions

Automation

Engagement

Insights

Free Cash Flow*

$ millions

Adjusted EBITDA*

$ millions

$420 PEPY

Consumer  
Oriented 
Experiences

Mobile and Social

Learning

Surveys

Premium Video

Journals

On-Demand Pay

Impressions

Community

4

Paylocity 2021 Annual Report

Paylocity 2021 Annual Report

5

Corporate Responsibility

Our values drive us forward

Everything we do is rooted in our shared values. They are our North Star, our guiding light. They drive how we make 
decisions, treat each other, and define success.

Look deeper

Standing Up to 
Mental Health 
Stigmas
Mental health is an 
important people and 
workforce issue. We run 
campaigns, promote 
education, and advocate 
to become a leader of 
hope in all aspects of 
mental health awareness.

Maximizing 
Human Potential
Everyone has something 
unique to offer. We work 
to eliminate barriers to 
success for the individuals 
with disabilities, the 
disadvantaged, the aging 
workforce, veterans, and 
for caregivers re-entering 
the workplace.

Liberating 
through Education
Education and literacy 
can unlock the doors 
to success. We work 
to eliminate gaps for 
disadvantaged and 
differently abled children, 
adults, and minority 
groups, allowing all to 
reach their full potential.

Environmental focus

The Sustainability Employee Resource Group is an employee group organized around 
improving sustainability and conscious consumerism at Paylocity. Offering resources and 
actionable ideas for employees to live greener - at work and at home.

6

Paylocity 2021 Annual Report

Corporate Responsibility

Our values drive us forward

Everything we do is rooted in our shared values. They are our North Star, our guiding light. They drive how we make 

decisions, treat each other, and define success.

We champion diversity and inclusion

We believe deeply that people matter most and that differences of experience and perspective make us stronger 
together. We’re committed to lead by example to forge a path forward where dignity, respect, safety, and justice are 
for all. At Paylocity, diversity, equity, and inclusion are more than policies and programs. They are our values and vision 
come to life.

Corporate Responsibility

Look deeper

Standing Up to 

Mental Health 

Stigmas

Mental health is an 

important people and 

workforce issue. We run 

campaigns, promote 

education, and advocate 

to become a leader of 

hope in all aspects of 

mental health awareness.

Maximizing 

Liberating 

Human Potential

through Education

Everyone has something 

Education and literacy 

unique to offer. We work 

can unlock the doors 

to eliminate barriers to 

to success. We work 

success for the individuals 

to eliminate gaps for 

with disabilities, the 

disadvantaged and 

disadvantaged, the aging 

differently abled children, 

workforce, veterans, and 

adults, and minority 

for caregivers re-entering 

groups, allowing all to 

the workplace.

reach their full potential.

What we are doing

We’re committed to promoting and celebrating our employees’ voices across the organization, and our resolve only 
grows stronger. Learn about the steps we’re taking to build a better tomorrow at Paylocity, in our local communities, 
and beyond.

Environmental focus

The Sustainability Employee Resource Group is an employee group organized around 

improving sustainability and conscious consumerism at Paylocity. Offering resources and 

actionable ideas for employees to live greener - at work and at home.

We care for our employees, our communities, and the broader world around us. 
Learn more at Paylocity.com/CSR.

6

Paylocity 2021 Annual Report

Paylocity 2021 Annual Report

7

External 
Recognition

Certified 
Great Place to Work 
2019-2021

Flexjobs Top 100 
Remote Work  
2020

Fortune’s 100 Fastest Growing  
Companies  
2020

G2 Best Software Awards  
2019-2021

Chicago’s Best and 
Brightest Companies 
2008-2021

Best Place to Work 
by Built in Chicago 
2012-2021

8

Paylocity 2021 Annual Report

External 

Recognition

Certified 

Great Place to Work 

2019-2021

Flexjobs Top 100 

Remote Work  

2020

Fortune’s 100 Fastest Growing  

Companies  

2020

G2 Best Software Awards  

2019-2021

Chicago’s Best and 

Brightest Companies 

2008-2021

Best Place to Work 

by Built in Chicago 

2012-2021

8

Paylocity 2021 Annual Report

UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 

FORM 10-K 

☒☒   ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021 

OR 

☐☐   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the Transition Period from                to                 

Commission File Number 001-36348 

PAYLOCITY HOLDING CORPORATION 

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

Delaware 
(State or other jurisdiction of 
incorporation or organization) 

46-4066644 
(I.R.S. Employer 
Identification Number) 

1400 American Lane 
Schaumburg, Illinois 60173 
(Address of principal executive offices and zip code) 

(847) 463-3200 
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code) 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

Title of each class 
Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share 

Trading symbol(s) 
PCTY 

Name of Exchange on which registered 
The NASDAQ Global Select Market LLC 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: 
None 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes       No    

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes       No    

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 
months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes      No   

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 
of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).    Yes       No    

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or emerging growth company. 
See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer”, “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. 

Large accelerated filer   

Non-accelerated filer 

  

Accelerated filer 

Smaller reporting company 

Emerging growth company 



☐

☐

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial 
accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐  
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial 
reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.  
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes  ☐    No   
The aggregate market value of voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of December 31, 2020, the last day of registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal 
quarter, was $7.8 billion (based on the closing price for shares of the registrant’s common stock as reported by the NASDAQ Global Select Market for the last business day prior to 
that date). 

As of July 30, 2021, there were 54,601,434 shares of the registrant’s common stock issued and outstanding. 

The information required by Part III of this Report, to the extent not set forth herein, is incorporated herein by reference from the Proxy Statement relating to the registrant’s 2022 
annual meeting of stockholders, which shall be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year to which this Report relates. 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE: 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PAYLOCITY HOLDING CORPORATION 
Form 10-K 
For the Year Ended June 30, 2021 
TABLE OF CONTENTS 

PART I 

Item 1. 
Item 1A. 
Item 1B. 
Item 2. 
Item 3. 
Item 4. 

PART II 

Business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
Risk Factors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
Unresolved Staff Comments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
Legal Proceedings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
Mine Safety Disclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  

Item 5. 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of  

Equity Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
[Reserved]  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations . . . . . . . . .  
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure . . . . . . . . .  
Controls and Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
Other Information  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
Executive Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder 

Matters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
Principal Accounting Fees and Services  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  

Item 6. 
Item 7. 
Item 7A. 
Item 8. 
Item 9. 
Item 9A. 
Item 9B. 

PART III 

Item 10. 
Item 11. 
Item 12. 

Item 13. 
Item 14. 

PART IV 

Item 15.  
Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
Form 10-K Summary  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
Item 16.  
Signatures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  

Page 

1
16
29
30
30
30

31
32
33
47
48
48
48
49

50
50
50

50
50

51
51
55

 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Forward Looking Statements 

PART 1 

Except for the historical financial information contained herein, the matters discussed in this report on 
Form 10-K (as well as documents incorporated herein by reference) may be considered “forward-looking” statements 
within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange 
Act of 1934, as amended. All statements, other than statements of historical fact, are statements that could be deemed 
forward-looking statements, including, but not limited to, statements regarding our future financial position, business 
strategy and plans and objectives of management for future operations. When used in this Annual Report, the words 
“believe,” “may,” “could,” “will,” “estimate,” “continue,” “intend,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “project” and 
similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. 

We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about 
future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, results of operations, business 
strategy, short-term and long-term business operations and objectives, and financial needs. These forward-looking 
statements are subject to certain risks and uncertainties that could cause our actual results to differ materially from 
those reflected in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but 
are not limited to, the impact of the novel coronavirus disease (“COVID-19”) on the U.S. economy, including changes 
in interest rates, business disruptions, reductions in employment and an increase in business failures; the impact of 
COVID-19 on Paylocity’s employees and clients, and other risks and potential factors discussed in this report, and in 
particular, the risks discussed under Part 1, Item 1A:”Risk Factors” and those discussed in other documents we file with 
the Securities and Exchange Commission. Except as required by law, we do not intend to update these forward-looking 
statements publicly or to update the reasons actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these 
forward-looking statements, even if new information becomes available in the future. 

In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking events and circumstances discussed 
in this report and in the documents incorporated in this report may not occur and actual results could differ materially 
and adversely from those anticipated or implied in the forward-looking statements. Accordingly, readers are cautioned 
not to place undue reliance on such forward-looking statements. 

Item 1. Business. 

Overview 

We are a cloud-based provider of payroll and human capital management, or HCM, software solutions for 

medium-sized organizations, which we define as those having between 10 and 1,000 employees. Our comprehensive 
product suite delivers a unified platform to create a modern workplace for our clients and their employees through 
automation, data-driven insights and engagement. Excluding clients acquired through acquisitions, as of June 30, 2021, 
we provided our payroll and HCM software solutions to approximately 28,750 clients across the U.S., which on average 
had over 100 employees.  

Our multi-tenant software platform is highly configurable and includes a unified product suite for payroll, 
human capital management, workforce management, talent management, benefits, modern workforce solutions, and 
analytics & insights, to enable our clients to make strategic decisions all while promoting a modern workplace and 
improving employee engagement. Our payroll and HCM modules provide robust on-demand functionality, reporting and 
analytics. Our platform provides intuitive self-service functionality for employees and managers combined with 
seamless integration across all our solutions. We supplement our comprehensive software platform with an integrated 
implementation and client service organization, all of which are designed to meet the needs of our clients and prospects. 

Effective management of human capital is a core function in all organizations and requires a significant 

commitment of resources. Organizations are faced with complex and ever-changing requirements, including diverse 
federal, state and local regulations across multiple jurisdictions. In addition, the workplace operating environment is 
rapidly changing as employees increasingly become mobile, work remotely and expect an end user experience similar to 

1 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
that of consumer-oriented applications. Many companies also are operating without the infrastructure, expertise or 
personnel to implement or support large and complex systems in today’s dynamic environment. Existing solutions 
offered by third-party payroll service providers can have limited capabilities and configurability while other enterprise-
focused software vendors can be prohibitively expensive and time-consuming to implement and manage. We believe 
that modern organizations are better served by modern SaaS solutions designed to meet their unique needs, deliver fast 
time to value and provide their employees with the most engaging experience available. 

Our solutions provide the following key benefits to our clients: 

•  Comprehensive payroll and HCM cloud-based platform built to connect with today’s workforce; 

•  Modern, intuitive user experience and self-service capabilities that significantly increase employee 

engagement; 

•  Flexible and configurable platform that aligns with business processes and centralizes payroll and 

HCM data; 

•  Software as a service, or “SaaS”, delivery model that reduces total cost of ownership for our clients; 

and 

•  Seamless data integration with our extensive partner ecosystem that saves time and expense and 

reduces the risk of errors. 

We market and sell our products through our direct sales force. We generate sales leads through a variety of 

focused marketing initiatives and from our extensive referral network of 401(k) advisors, benefits administrators, 
insurance brokers, third-party administrators and HR consultants. We derive revenue from a client based on the solutions 
purchased by the client, the number of client employees and the amount, type and timing of services provided with 
respect to those client employees. Our annual revenue retention rate was greater than 92% in each of the fiscal years 
2019, 2020 and 2021. Our total revenues increased from $467.6 million in fiscal 2019 to $561.3 million in fiscal 2020, 
representing a 20% year-over-year increase and to $635.6 million in fiscal 2021, representing a 13% year-over-year 
increase. While the majority of our agreements with clients are generally cancellable on 60 days’ or less notice, we also 
have term agreements which are generally two years in length. Our recurring revenue model and high annual revenue 
retention rates provide significant visibility into our future operating results. 

Industry Background 

Effective management of human capital is a core capability for all organizations. Identifying, acquiring and 

retaining talent is a priority at all levels of an organization. Likewise, in today’s increasingly complex business and 
regulatory environment, organizations are being pressured to manage critical payroll and HCM functions more 
effectively, automate manual processes and decrease their operating costs, while at the same time successfully managing 
their workforces. 

Complex and Dynamic Tax and Regulatory Environment 

The tax and regulatory environment in the United States is complex and dynamic. Organizations are subject to a 

myriad of benefit, workers compensation, healthcare, tax and other rules, regulations and reporting obligations. In 
addition to U.S. federal taxing and regulatory authorities, there are more than 10,000 state and local tax codes in the 
United States. Further, federal, state and local government agencies continually enact and amend the rules, regulations 
and reporting requirements with which organizations must comply. Leveraging industry leading technology and service 
to meet these demands delivers critical value to organizations. 

2 

  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Growing Demand for Mobility and Enhanced User Experience 

Connectivity and mobility are enabling employees to spend less time in traditional office environments and 

more time working remotely. This trend increases the demand for advanced and intuitive solutions that improve 
collaboration and foster employee engagement, such as remote self-service access to payroll and timesheet reporting, HR 
and benefits portals and other talent management applications. Given the prominence of consumer-oriented applications, 
employees expect the user experience and accessibility of internal systems to be similar to those of the latest consumer 
and social applications, such as LinkedIn, Amazon and Facebook. 

Large Market Opportunity for Payroll and HCM Solutions 

The market opportunity in the U.S. for payroll and HCM applications and services is driven by the importance 
of payroll and HCM solutions to the successful management of organizations. To estimate our addressable market, we 
focus our analysis on the number of U.S. medium-sized organizations and the number of their employees. According to 
the U.S. Census Bureau, there were over 1.3 million firms with 10 to 1,000 employees in the U.S. in 2018, employing 
over 55 million people. We estimate that if clients were to buy our entire suite of existing solutions at list prices, they 
would spend approximately $420 per employee annually. Based on this analysis, we believe our current target 
addressable market is approximately $23 billion. Our existing clients do not typically own our entire suite of solutions, 
and as we continue to expand our product offerings, we believe that we have an opportunity to increase the amount 
clients spend on payroll and HCM solutions per employee and to expand our addressable market. 

Organizations Are Increasingly Transitioning to SaaS Solutions 

SaaS solutions are easier and more affordable to implement and operate than those offered by traditional service 

bureaus and legacy software providers. SaaS solutions also enable software updates with greater frequency and without 
new hardware investments, enabling organizations to better react to changes in their environments. Many organizations 
are transitioning to SaaS solutions to satisfy their software needs. Similarly, we believe organizations are adopting SaaS 
applications for payroll and HCM solutions with increasing frequency.  

Limitations of Legacy Competitive Solutions 

We believe that legacy payroll and HCM solution providers have limitations that cause them to underserve the 

unique needs of modern organizations. Existing legacy payroll and HCM solutions include: 

•  Traditional Payroll Service Providers. Traditional payroll service providers are primarily focused on 
delivery of a variety of payroll processing services, insurance products and HR business process 
outsourcing solutions. Many of these solutions offer limited capabilities and integration beyond 
traditional payroll processing. The lack of a unified and configurable employee-facing payroll and 
HCM suite can diminish the effectiveness of a system, detract from user experience and limit 
integration with other solutions. In addition, we believe that certain traditional payroll service 
providers often do not provide a high-quality technology and service experience. 

•  Enterprise Software Vendors. Enterprise software vendors offer solutions and services that are 

designed for the complex needs and structures of very large enterprises. As a result, their solutions can 
be prohibitively expensive, complex and time-consuming to implement, operate and maintain. 

•  HCM Point Solution Providers. Many HCM point solutions lack integrated payroll functionality. The 
implementation and management of multiple point solutions and the reliance on multiple service 
organizations can be challenging and expensive. 

•  Manual Processes for Payroll and HCM Functions. Manual payroll and HCM processes require 

increased HR, payroll and finance personnel involvement, resulting in higher costs, slower processing 
and greater risks of data entry errors. 

3 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Given the challenges many organizations face operating in complex and dynamic environments and the limited 

ability of traditional offerings to address these challenges, we believe there is a significant market opportunity for a 
comprehensive, unified SaaS solution designed to serve the payroll and HCM needs of modern organizations. 

Segment Information 

Our chief operating decision maker reviews our financial results in total when evaluating financial performance 

and for purposes of allocating resources. We have thus determined that we operate in a single cloud-based software 
solution reporting segment. 

Our Solutions 

We are a cloud-based provider of payroll and HCM software solutions. Our solutions enable organizations to 
more efficiently manage payroll and human capital in their complex and dynamic operating environments. Excluding 
clients acquired through acquisitions, as of June 30, 2021, we provided our payroll and HCM software solutions to 
approximately 28,750 clients across the U.S., which on average had over 100 employees. 

The key benefits of our solutions include the following: 

•  Comprehensive Payroll and HCM Platform Built to Connect with Today’s Workforce.  Our solutions 
empower finance and HR professionals to drive strategic human capital decisions by providing 
enterprise-grade payroll and HCM modules, including robust reporting and analytics. Our unified 
platform fully automates payroll and HCM processes, enabling our clients to focus on core business 
activities.  Our solutions help our clients attract, retain and manage their employees within a single, 
comprehensive system. 

•  Modern, Intuitive User Experience.  Our intuitive, easy-to-use and mobile-centric platform provides 

increased accessibility of our solutions and decreased need for training while also providing users with 
an engaging mobile and self-service experience. 

•  Flexible and Configurable Platform.  We design our solutions to be flexible and configurable, 

allowing our clients to match their use of our software with their specific business processes and 
workflows. Our platform has been organically developed from a common code base, data structure and 
user interface, providing a consistent user experience with powerful features that are easily adaptable 
to our clients’ needs.  Our systems centralize payroll and HCM data, minimizing inconsistent and 
incomplete information that can be produced when using multiple databases. 

•  Highly Attractive SaaS Solution.  Our solutions are cloud-based and offered on a subscription basis, 
making them easier and more affordable to implement, operate and update and thus enabling our 
clients to focus less on their IT infrastructure and more on their core businesses. Our software can be 
operated by a single administrator without the support of an in-house information technology 
department. Our multi-tenant and modern architecture allows for frequent software enhancements 
thereby enabling our clients to react to a rapidly changing and complex operating environment. Our 
platform enables our clients to scale their businesses without having to acquire additional hardware or 
to resolve the integration challenges that often result from traditional outsourcing solutions. 

• 

Seamless Integration with Extensive Ecosystem of Partners.  Our platform offers our clients automated 
data integration with over 400 related third-party partner systems, such as 401(k), benefits and 
insurance provider systems. This integration reduces the complexity and risk of error of manual data 
transfers and saves time for our clients and their employees. We integrate data with these related 
systems through a secure connection, which significantly decreases the risk of unauthorized third-party 
access and other security breaches. Our direct and automated data transmission improves the accuracy 
of data and facilitates data collection in our partners’ systems. We believe having automated data 

4 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
integration with a payroll and HCM provider like us differentiates our partners’ product offerings, 
strengthening their competitive positioning in their own markets. 

Our Strategy 

We intend to strengthen and extend our position as a leading provider of cloud-based payroll and HCM 

software solutions. Key elements of our strategy include the following: 

•  Grow Our Client Base.  We believe that our current client base represents only a small portion of the 
organizations that could benefit from our solutions. While we provide our payroll and HCM software 
solutions to approximately 28,750 clients across the U.S. (excluding clients acquired through 
acquisitions) as of June 30, 2021, there are over 1.3 million businesses with 10 to 1,000 employees in 
the U.S., employing more than 55 million people, according to the U.S. Census Bureau in 2018. In 
order to acquire new clients, we plan to continue growing our sales organization across the U.S. 

•  Expand Our Product Offerings. We believe a significant part of our leadership position is the result of 
our investment and innovation in our product offerings. We plan to continue to invest in product 
development efforts that will allow us to offer a broader selection of products to new and existing 
clients. 

•  Extend Technological Leadership. We believe that our organically developed cloud-based multi-tenant 
software platform, combined with our unified database architecture, enhances the experience and 
usability of our products, providing what we believe to be a competitive advantage over alternative 
solutions. Our modern, intuitive user interface utilizes features found on many popular consumer 
Internet sites, enabling users to use our solutions with limited training. We plan to continue our 
technology innovation, as we have done with our mobile applications, social features and analytics 
capabilities. 

•  Further Develop Our Referral Network. We have developed a strong network of referral participants, 
such as 401(k) advisors, benefits administrators, insurance brokers, third-party administrators and HR 
consultants that recommend our solutions and provide referrals. We believe that our platform’s 
automated data integration with over 400 related third-party partner systems is valuable to our referral 
participants, as they are able to access payroll and HR data through a single system which decreases 
complexity and cost and complements their own product offerings. We plan to increase integration 
with third-party providers and expand our referral network to grow our client base and lower our client 
acquisition costs. 

Our Products 

Our comprehensive product suite delivers a unified platform to create a modern workplace for our clients 

through automation, data-driven insights and engagement. Our product suite includes the following categories: 

Payroll  

Payroll and Tax Services – Our Payroll and Tax Services solution is designed to simplify payroll, automate 
processes and manage complex compliance requirements within one system. Our payroll solution leverages 
data from our Time and Attendance and Human Capital Management solutions to accurately calculate wages, 
deductions and withholdings, without the need for manual reentry. Clients work with our experts to configure 
general ledger integrations, accruals and complex reports to enable data-driven decision making. Our 
integration capabilities also automatically transfer 401(k) information, retirement plans and benefit files to 

5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
third-party providers. Through our Tax Services solutions, we accurately prepare and file the necessary tax 
withholdings and filing documents for local, state and federal jurisdictions. 

Expense Management – Our Expense Management solution enables mobile app capture of receipts and imports 
transactions from credit cards, reducing manual entry errors and minimizing employee and approver paperwork, 
while also eliminating spreadsheets, calculators and manual approvals through automated workflows that route 
approved expenses for payroll reimbursement. 

On Demand Payment – On Demand Payment provides employees with visibility into their earned wages in 
between pay cycles based on their hours worked and offers financial flexibility to employees through access to 
a portion of their earned wages before their scheduled payday without impacting the client’s standard payroll 
process. 

Garnishments – Our Garnishments solution provides the calculation, setup and maintenance of historical 
deduction records and performs calculation validation against state and federal legislation to mitigate 
compliance risk and prevent costly penalties and errors. 

Human Capital Management  

Human Capital Management – Our Human Capital Management solutions streamline HR processes using 
modern, mobile-enabled tools that help save time by automating administrative tasks and providing data-driven 
reporting. Clients can track headcount and status for positions, manage position and manager changes, manage 
compliance tracking and reporting, and employee data and documents in one central location.   

Employee Self-Service – Our Employee Self-Service module provides employees with access to their 
information 24/7, which allows them to view checks, request time off, clock in and out, and update personal 
data. Employees can also enroll in benefits, view coverage, access Learning Management System training or 
view course completion status on-the-go via our mobile app.    

Document Library – Our Document Library serves as a central location to securely store personal employee 
files such as offer letters and performance reviews to help clients stay compliant and organized by replacing 
manual processes and paper files. HR professionals can search electronic documents and easily upload, store 
and download documents while managing access with our role-based permission settings. 

Compliance Dashboard – With our Compliance Dashboard, clients save time and money by staying up to date 
with new laws and regulations related to topics such as employment verification, Equal Employment 
Opportunity and compensation.  

HR Edge – HR Edge supports human resource leaders’ navigation through complex compliance requirements, 
social issues and HR policies. Clients can also access a comprehensive library of detailed articles, guides and 
other resources to make informed decisions on compliance topics such as healthcare reform, wages and hours 
regulations, employee leave, state laws, discrimination and more. 

Workforce Management 

Time and Attendance – Our Time and Attendance solution accurately tracks time and attendance data, 
eliminating the need for manual tracking of accruals and reducing administrative tasks. Employees can request 
and manage time off, edit timecards and manage schedule changes. A customizable supervisor dashboard 
provides at-a-glance visibility to missed punches, pending time off requests, attendance exceptions and more. 

Scheduling – Clients can automate schedule tracking by creating and adjusting work schedules as needed, 
including leveraging templates and building policies based on duration, time between shifts and availability 

6 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
without having to manually correct payroll data. Managers and employees can easily manage their schedules 
from our mobile app to ensure the appropriate shift coverage. 

Time Collection – Our wide variety of time collection devices include kiosks, state-of-the-art time clocks, and 
mobile and web applications to meet unique needs of different companies while enabling employees to clock in 
wherever business is conducted. Advanced features include specifying geographic parameters for mobile 
punch-in, requiring employees to punch in with a photo, answering attestation prompts and temperature checks.   

Talent Management 

Recruiting – Recruiting helps clients find the right candidates by offering intuitive tools to streamline talent 
acquisition processes from application creation to candidate acceptance. By modernizing the experience, clients 
can conveniently reach candidates wherever they are, including through embedded text messaging, and 
instantly track conversations in our platform. HR professionals can customize job applications and reach more 
candidates by automatically posting to online job portals. Additionally, our solution provides clients with the 
ability to auto-fill and simplify background checks, maintain and track personal and confidential data, and have 
real-time access to candidate information to enable timely staffing decisions. Recruiters can communicate with 
modern candidates in the ways they expect, including email and text messaging from right within the Paylocity 
platform. 

Onboarding – Onboarding enables new employees to complete all pre-hire tasks through digital data collection 
to gather important personal and confidential information and documentation right through the Paylocity 
platform. Clients can streamline processes such as handbook acknowledgment, tax withholding forms, I-9 
document verification, E-Verify and many others.  Additionally, new hires feel an instant connection to their 
team and employer with welcome notes from leaders, introductory videos, company culture information and 
company policies.   

Learning Management – Our Learning Management solution allows clients to easily assign courses tailored to 
training their employees on new skills, policies, products, and other topics with a variety of course delivery 
methods including on-demand and webinars, all of which are available via our mobile app. Our clients can 
create a variety of content for their employees including via a Sharable Content Object Reference Model 
(SCORM), embedded video and various document types.  The client’s custom content is supplemented by a 
library of standard trainings provided by Paylocity to help in areas like anti-harassment, new hire, workplace 
safety, diversity in recruiting and many more. Clients can also empower their employees to create trainings so 
that internal subject matter experts can share their expertise with colleagues. 

Performance Management – Our Performance Management tools enable transparent, two-way communication, 
allowing teams to have ongoing performance conversations. With the ability to manage employee review cycles 
at the center of the performance management solution, employees can also manage goals and track their career 
development. Our tools help facilitate ongoing, goals-driven conversations using Journals, giving employees a 
record of their tasks, goals and accomplishments.  Additionally, our clients can prepare succession planning 
assessments across their employee population by using our 9-box tool that provides context to employees’ 
performance and the ability to visualize the distribution of their workforce. 

Compensation Management – Compensation Management helps clients ensure alignment between 
organizational goals, budgets and participant eligibility in an efficient process that reduces manual effort and 
paper-based budgeting activities. Our customized dashboards provide visibility to individual performance and 
compensation history at custom permission levels and the full value of an employee’s compensation and 

7 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
benefits. Clients can create employee-facing Total Rewards Statements in bulk to demonstrate the full 
compensation an employee receives—including not just pay but also benefits, time off, and more. 

Benefits 

Employee Benefits Management – Clients can plan and administer competitive benefits packages in one place 
while offering a smooth, mobile-friendly enrollment and management experience for employees with our 
Employee Benefits Management tool. Benefit administrators can add enrollment rules, manage benefit 
offerings for different employee groups, customize user plan limits, and view plan documentation, among other 
features. Employees can manage their own elections in Employee Self Service or via the mobile app, which 
allows them to better understand their healthcare packages. Clients can also administer third-party benefit 
services such as Flexible Spending Accounts (FSA), Health Savings Accounts (HSA) and Consolidated 
Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (COBRA) with ease and supplement standard plans with complementary 
programs, giving employees the benefits options they need. 

Third-Party Administrative (TPA) Solutions – Our TPA solutions are designed to modernize the administration 
of HSA, FSA, Health Reimbursement Arrangement (HRA), Transportation Management Account (TMA) and 
Premium Only Plan (POP) benefits by providing users with a single, unified access point for payroll, HR, and 
benefits administration. Our TPA solutions include mobile and web access, allowing users to view transaction 
details and account balances while having the ability to submit claims from our integrated employee portal. It 
also eases the administration of COBRA coverage and retiree billing. 

Modern Workforce Solutions 

Community – Community is our integrated, mobile-friendly social collaboration tool designed to centralize 
company communications while also providing clients with an avenue to increase employee connection, 
engagement and productivity. Community enables leaders, HR professionals and employees to share and 
respond to meaningful, timely and relevant content in the way today’s modern workforce expects, leveraging 
groups, which are Community’s foundation. Clients can create groups on topics ranging from project-related 
collaboration to employee resource groups (ERGs), fostering inclusivity to special interests like music or sports. 
In addition, specialized Ask an Expert group types can provide a consolidated forum between employees and 
subject matter experts in areas like IT troubleshooting or open enrollment. Employees can ask questions 
privately or publicly to designated group administrators who are alerted of submissions and can track questions 
and status in a dashboard. Employees receive notifications when questions are addressed. 

Premium Video – Premium Video provides clients the ability to record, upload and embed videos across our 
HCM platform to increase collaboration, morale, engagement and productivity. Our solution enables clients to 
embed videos seamlessly into tasks that are critical to their business such as employee communication, 
recruiting, onboarding, performance management and surveys.  

Surveys – Our Surveys tool help clients gather valuable feedback to encourage ongoing and transparent 
conversations.   

Peer Recognition – Peer Recognition promotes positive interactions by allowing employees to recognize and 
celebrate colleagues’ achievements. It also gives employees the ability to post accolades on their profiles and 
share with co-workers.  

Analytics & Insights 

Modern Workforce Index – The Modern Workforce Index (MWI) leverages patent-pending AI and data from 
more than 25,000 clients to provide insight and actionable recommendations to improve employee sentiment 
and engagement. Clients can view their overall MWI score and compare performance to peers—then break 
down results across tool utilization, employee sentiment, and organizational health. This enables our clients to 
improve employee engagement and productivity, lower turnover, and ultimately realize greater growth. 

8 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Data Insights – With our Data Insights solution, our clients can evaluate the health of their organizations with 
actionable insights in areas such as employee retention, composition of their employee populations and labor 
costs.  

Reporting – In addition to over 200 out of the box reports, dynamic reporting capabilities help clients utilize 
data within the Paylocity platform, allowing them to customize and schedule reporting. New reports are added 
regularly in response to regulatory changes, compliance updates and client feedback.   

Client Support Teams 

We supplement our comprehensive software platform with an integrated implementation and client service 

organization with deep subject matter expertise. Our core operation consists of various specialists, including 
implementation teams, account managers, payroll processing and tax service teams. Delivering a positive experience and 
a high level of support is an essential element of our ability to sell our solutions and retain clients. 

Implementation and Training Services 

Our clients are typically migrating to our platform from a competitive solution or are adopting their first online 

payroll and HCM solution. These organizations often have limited internal resources and rely on us to implement their 
payroll and HCM solutions. We typically implement our product suite within one to eight weeks, depending on the size 
and complexity of each client. Each client is guided through the implementation process by our knowledgeable 
consultants for all implementation matters. We believe our ability to rapidly implement our solutions is principally due 
to the combination of our emphasis on engagement with the client, our standardized methodology, our cloud-based 
architecture and our highly configurable, easy-to-use products. 

We offer clients the opportunity to utilize on-demand or in-class training designed to provide clients with 
general knowledge on our solutions. We also host an annual client conference for clients to learn about new products and 
features and allow clients to provide feedback and learn best practices. 

Client Service 

Our client service model is designed to serve and support the needs of our clients and to build loyalty by 

developing strong relationships with clients. We strive to achieve high revenue retention, in part, by delivering high-
quality service. Our revenue retention was greater than 92% in each of fiscal 2019, 2020 and 2021. Each client is 
assigned an account management team that serves as the central point of contact for any questions or support needs. We 
believe this approach enhances client service by providing clients with knowledgeable resources who understand the 
client’s business, respond quickly, and are accountable for the overall client experience. Account managers are 
supplemented by teams with deep technical and subject matter expertise who help to expediently and effectively address 
client needs. We also proactively solicit client feedback through ongoing surveys from which we receive actionable 
feedback that we use to enhance our client service processes. We have also built an online knowledge repository for 
clients that provide industry content and Paylocity product and service information. 

Tax and Regulatory Services 

Our software contains a rules engine designed to make accurate federal, state, and local tax calculations that is 

continually updated to support all pertinent legislative changes across U.S. jurisdictions with the support of our tax 
compliance professionals. Our tax service teams provide a variety of solutions to clients including processing payroll tax 
deposits, preparing and filing quarterly and annual employment tax returns and amendments and resolving client 
employment tax notices. Our tax filing and compliance departments perform multiple audits to ensure that clients remit 
timely and accurate tax payments. In addition, a series of audit routines are run to ensure that quarterly tax filings are 
accurate and submitted on a timely basis.  

9 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Clients 

Excluding clients acquired through acquisitions, as of June 30, 2021, we provided our payroll and HCM 

software solutions to approximately 28,750 clients, across the U.S. The rate at which we add clients is variable period-
to-period and is also seasonal as many clients switch solutions during the first calendar quarter of each year. Clients 
include for-profit and non-profit organizations across industries including business services, financial services, 
healthcare, manufacturing, restaurants, retail, technology and others. For each of the three years ended June 30, 2019, 
2020 and 2021, no client accounted for more than 1% of our revenues. 

Sales and Marketing 

We market and sell our products and services through our direct sales force. Our direct sales force includes 
sales representatives who have defined geographic territories throughout the U.S. We seek to hire experienced sales 
representatives wherever they are located and believe we have room to grow the number of sales representatives in each 
of our territories. 

The sales cycle begins with a sales lead generated by the sales representative, through our third-party referral 

network, a client referral, our telemarketing team, our external website, e-mail marketing, or other territory-based 
activities. We support our sales force with a marketing program that includes seminars and webinars, email marketing, 
social media marketing, broker events and web marketing.  

Referral Network 

As a core element of our business strategy, we have developed a referral network of third-party service 

providers, including 401(k) advisors, benefits administrators, insurance brokers, third-party administrators and HR 
consultants, that recommend our solutions and provide referrals. Our referral network has become an increasingly 
important component of our sales process, and in fiscal 2021, more than 25% of our new client revenue originated by 
referrals from participants in our referral network. 

We believe participants in our referral network refer potential clients to us because of the strength of our 
products and services, the value we provide our referral partners through our broker portal, the fact that we do not 
provide services that compete with our referral networks, and because we offer third parties the ability to integrate their 
systems with our platform. Unlike other payroll and HCM solution providers who also provide retirement plans, health 
insurance and other products and services competitive with the offerings of the participants in our referral network, we 
focus only on our core business of providing payroll and HCM solutions. In some cases, we have formalized 
relationships in which we are a recommended vendor of these participants. In other cases, relationships are informal. We 
typically do not compensate these participants for referrals. 

Partner Ecosystem 

We have developed a partner ecosystem of third-party systems, such as 401(k), benefits and insurance provider 
systems, with whom we provide automated data integration for their clients. These third-party providers require certain 
financial, payroll and other employee demographic information from their clients to efficiently provide their respective 
services. After securing authorization from the client, we exchange data with these providers. In turn, these third-party 
providers supply data to us, which allows us to deliver comprehensive HR and benefit management services to our 
clients. We believe our partnerships with these third parties are an important part of their service offerings. We have also 
developed our solutions to integrate with a variety of other systems used by our clients, such as accounting, point of sale, 
banking, expense management, recruiting, background screening and skills assessment solutions.  

Paylocity’s automated data integration reduces the complexity and risk of error of manual data transfers and 

saves clients and employees time. Direct and automated data transmission improves the accuracy of data and facilitates 
data collection in partners’ systems. Having automated data integration with a payroll and HCM provider differentiates 
partners’ product offerings, strengthening their competitive positioning in their own markets. 

10 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Technology 

We offer our solutions on a cloud-based platform that leverages a unified architecture and a common code base 

that we organically developed. Clients do not need to install our software in their data centers and can access our 
solutions through any mobile device or web browser with Internet access. 

•  Multi-Tenant Architecture.  Our software solutions were designed with a multi-tenant architecture. 
This architecture gives us an advantage over many disparate traditional systems, which are less 
flexible and require longer and more costly development and upgrade cycles. 

•  Mobile Focused.  We employ mobile-centric principles in our solution design and development. We 
believe that the increasing mobility of employees heightens the importance of access to our solutions 
through mobile devices, including smart phones and tablets. Our mobile experience provides our 
clients and their employees with access to our solutions through virtually any device having Internet 
access. We bring the flexibility of a secure, cloud-based solution to users without the need to access a 
traditional desktop or laptop computer. 

• 

Security.  We maintain comprehensive security programs designed to ensure the security and integrity 
of client and employee data, protect against security threats or data breaches and prevent unauthorized 
access. We regulate and limit all access to servers and networks at our data centers. Our systems are 
monitored for irregular or suspicious activity, and we have dedicated internal staff perform security 
assessments for each release. Our systems undergo regular penetration testing and source code reviews 
by an independent third-party security firm. 

We use multiple cloud hosting and third-party data center providers to host our solutions, including data centers 

in Franklin Park, Illinois and Kenosha, Wisconsin (for backup and disaster recovery). We supply the hardware 
infrastructure and are responsible for the ongoing maintenance of our equipment at all data center locations. 

Competition 

The market for payroll and HCM solutions is both fragmented and highly competitive. Our competitors vary for 

each of our solutions and primarily include payroll and HR service and software providers, such as Automatic Data 
Processing, Inc., Paychex, Inc., Paycom Software, Inc., Paycor, Inc., Ultimate Kronos Group and other local and 
regional providers. 

We believe the principal competitive factors on which we compete in our market include the following: 

•  Solutions built to connect with today’s workforce; 

•  Comprehensive payroll and HCM product suite on a single platform; 

•  Breadth and depth of product functionality; 

•  Configurability and ease of use of our solutions; 

•  Modern, mobile, intuitive and consumer-oriented user experience; 

•  Benefits of a cloud-based technology platform; 

•  Ability to innovate and respond to client needs rapidly; 

•  Domain expertise in payroll and HCM; 

•  Quality of implementation and client service; 

11 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
•  Ease of implementation; 

•  Real-time web-based payroll processing; and 

•  Access to a wide variety of complementary third-party service providers. 

We believe that we compete favorably on these factors and our ability to remain competitive will largely 

depend on the success of our continued investment in sales and marketing, research and development and 
implementation and client services. 

Research and Development 

We invest heavily in research and development to continuously introduce new modules, technologies, features 
and functionality. We are organized in small product-centric teams that utilize an agile development methodology. We 
focus our efforts on developing new modules and core technologies and on further enhancing the usability, functionality, 
reliability, performance and flexibility of existing modules. 

Research and development costs, including research and development costs that were capitalized, were $73.6 

million, $91.0 million and $108.5 million for the years ended June 30, 2019, 2020 and 2021, respectively.  

Intellectual Property 

Our success is dependent, in part, on our ability to protect our proprietary technology and other intellectual 

property rights. We rely on a combination of trade secrets, copyrights and trademarks, as well as contractual protections 
to establish and protect our intellectual property rights. We require our employees, consultants and other third parties to 
enter into confidentiality and proprietary rights agreements and control access to software, documentation and other 
proprietary information. Although we rely on laws respecting intellectual property rights, including trade secret, 
copyright and trademark laws, as well as contractual protections to establish and protect our intellectual property rights, 
we believe that factors such as the technological and creative skills of our personnel, creation of new modules, features 
and functionality and frequent enhancements to our modules are more essential to establishing and maintaining our 
technology leadership position. 

Governmental Regulation 

As a provider of payroll and HCM solutions, our systems contain a significant amount of sensitive data related 

to clients, employees of our clients, vendors and our employees. Data privacy has become a significant issue in the 
United States and in other countries. The regulatory framework for privacy issues worldwide is rapidly evolving and is 
likely to remain uncertain for the foreseeable future. Many federal and state government bodies and agencies have 
adopted or are considering adopting laws and regulations affecting or regarding the collection, use and disclosure of 
personal information. These include, for example, rules and regulations promulgated under the authority of the Federal 
Trade Commission, the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, the Family Medical Leave Act, the 
Affordable Care Act, state breach notification laws and state privacy laws, such as the California Consumer Privacy Act 
of 2018, the California Privacy Rights Act and the Illinois Biometric Information Privacy Act. Further, because some of 
our clients have international operations, the European Union’s General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”) and other 
foreign data privacy laws may impact our processing of certain client and employee information. 

In addition, many of our solutions are designed to assist clients with their compliance with certain U.S. federal, 

state and local laws and regulations that apply to them. As such, our products and services may become subject to 
increasing and/or changing regulatory requirements, including changes in tax, benefit and other laws, and as these 
requirements proliferate, we may be required to change or adapt our products and services to comply. Changing 
regulatory requirements might reduce or eliminate the need for some of our products and services, block us from 
developing new products and services or have an adverse effect on the functionality and acceptance of our solution. This 
might in turn impose additional costs upon us to comply, modify or further develop our products and services. It might 
also make introduction of new products and services more costly or more time-consuming than we currently anticipate 
or prevent 

12 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
introduction of such new products and services. For example, the adoption of new money transmitter or money services 
business statutes in jurisdictions or changes in regulators’ interpretation of existing state and federal money transmitter 
or money services business statutes or regulations, could subject us to registration or licensing or limit business activities 
until we are appropriately licensed.  

Our ability to comply with and address the continuously evolving requirements and regulations applicable to 
our business depends on a variety of factors, including the functionality and design of our solutions and the manner in 
which our clients and their employees utilize them. We have implemented operating policies and procedures to protect 
the accuracy, privacy and security of our clients’ and their employees’ information and voluntarily undergo certain 
periodic audits and examinations and maintain certain certifications to demonstrate our commitment to regulatory 
compliance. 

The foregoing description does not include an exhaustive list of the laws and regulations governing or 

impacting our business. See the discussion contained in the “Risk Factors” section in Part I, Item 1A of this Annual 
Report on Form 10-K for information regarding changes in laws and regulations that could have a materially adverse 
effect on our business, operating results or financial condition. 

Human Capital 

As a leading provider of cloud-based HR and payroll software, we are committed to delivering the most modern 
suite of solutions that drive employee engagement and a more connected culture for both our clients and our employees. 
Our CEO, together with our senior executive team and Board of Directors, drive our human capital strategy including 
key initiatives related to our employees and company culture.  

For additional information regarding our human capital initiatives, we encourage investors and other users of 

this Annual Report on Form 10-K to visit our Corporate Social Responsibility website at 
https://www.paylocity.com/who-we-are/about-us/corporate-responsibility/. The information contained on this website is 
not incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

As of June 30, 2021, our workforce consisted of approximately 4,150 employees, substantially all of which 

were employed on a full-time basis in the United States. 

Culture & Engagement 

At Paylocity, we strive to be an organization where every employee has a voice, feels welcomed and is 

empowered to do their best work. Our core values drive our culture – we believe in earning it every day, that growth 
fuels opportunity, thinking next generation, living the reputation, and being unbeatable together. Our core values serve 
as the foundation from which we create an engaging culture for our employees, how we train and develop our teams and 
how we identify the right talent for our organization. Our approach to drive a strong culture and employee engagement 
has been validated externally as Paylocity has been named a certified Great Place To Work on multiple occasions. 

We support a number of employee resource groups (“ERGs”) including PCTY Equality, which focuses on 
fostering a positive work environment and providing support for employees and allies of the LGBTQ+ community, 
PCTY Virtual Connect, which helps bring our remote employees closer together, our PCTY OneWorld group, which 
fosters an inclusive work environment and provides support for our employees of diverse ethnic backgrounds, PCTY 
Sheroes, which supports and celebrates women, and PCTY Sustainability, whereby our employees promote initiatives to 
operate our business and facilities to conserve energy, water and raw materials. Each of these groups are organized to 
give employees the chance to build community and connections, voice their ideas and perspectives, personally develop 
and grow, and shape our culture to make a difference at work and in our local communities.  

Diversity & Inclusion 

Dedication to diversity, equity, and inclusion (“DE&I”) is foundational to our culture. Led by our Chief 

Diversity Officer and Diversity Leadership Council, we remain committed to increasing the representation of minority 

13 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
groups within our organization, including in leadership roles, and we directly focus on these goals within our talent 
acquisition and employee development efforts. Our focus includes attracting diverse candidates to our organization while 
also investing in professional development and mentorship programs focused on underrepresented employee groups.  

As of June 30, 2021, approximately 49% of our employees identified as female and 31% of our employees were 

made up of underrepresented minorities. As of June 30, 2021, approximately 43% of director roles and above were held 
by a female and 17% of our director roles and above were held by underrepresented minorities. The tables below provide 
metrics regarding the composition of our workforce as of June 30, 2021. 

Ethnicity 
White . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Hispanic & Latinx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Black or African American . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Asian & Indian  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Multiracial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Native Hawaiian or Pacific Islander  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
American Indian or Alaska Native . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Undisclosed* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Overall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   

     All 

Overall Workforce 

     Female  

      Male   

    *Undisclosed 

 69.0  % 
 11.0  % 
 7.4  % 
 5.4  % 
 3.5  % 
 0.3  % 
 0.3  % 
 3.1  % 
 100.0  % 

 47.7  % 
 50.8  % 
 59.2  % 
 47.5  % 
 52.8  % 
 38.5  % 
 53.8  % 
 33.3  % 
 48.6  % 

 52.3  % 
 49.2  % 
 40.8  % 
 52.5  % 
 47.2  % 
 61.5  % 
 46.2  % 
 63.4  % 
 51.3  % 

 —  % 
 —  % 
 —  % 
 —  % 
 —  % 
 —  % 
 —  % 
 3.3  % 
 0.1  % 

Ethnicity 
White . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Hispanic & Latinx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Black or African American . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Asian & Indian  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Multiracial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Native Hawaiian or Pacific Islander  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
American Indian or Alaska Native . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Undisclosed* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Overall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   

     All 

Leadership** 
     Male   

     Female  

     *Undisclosed 

 83.5  % 
 1.0  % 
 1.9  % 
 10.7  % 
 —  % 
 —  % 
 —  % 
 2.9  % 
 100.0  % 

 43.0  % 
 100.0  % 
 100.0  % 
 27.3  % 
 —  % 
 —  % 
 —  % 
 33.3  % 
 42.7  % 

 57.0  % 
 —  % 
 —  % 
 72.7  % 
 —  % 
 —  % 
 —  % 
 66.7  % 
 57.3  % 

 —  %
 —  %
 —  %
 —  %
 —  %
 —  %
 —  %
 —  %
 —  %

* 
** 

Individuals preferred to not disclose an ethnicity and/or gender 
Defined as individuals in director-level positions and above 

To support our DE&I efforts, we are launching a curriculum of learning and training content known as 
“BRIDGE” (Belonging, Respect, Inclusion, Diversity, Generosity, and Equity), that delivers training content related to 
topics such as unconscious bias, inclusive leadership and building diverse teams. Our curriculum is designed with the 
needs of both our employees and clients in mind, with content widely available via Community, our internally developed 
social collaboration platform.  

Learning & Development 

As a 2021 Association for Talent Development 100 Best Training organization, we are committed to creating 
industry leading talent development and leadership programs that support the professional growth of our employees. In 
addition to other programs throughout our organization, we provide our operations team with an immersive scenario-
based training program and our salesforce with an intensive learning experience on our go-to-market sales strategy and 
process. Through our internally developed Learning Management System (“LMS”) with Video Premium, we enable 
employees to share knowledge through self-recorded sessions, which complements our library of more than 600 internal 
courses. 

14 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Talent Acquisition & Compensation 

We focus diligently on attracting a diverse pool of talented candidates that can help us achieve our short and 

long-term goals as an organization. Our philosophy of “talent anywhere” focuses on identifying the right individuals for 
our business, regardless of where they are located geographically. For Paylocity, the right talent is someone who 
embodies our values, has an innate curiosity to learn and grow with our business, and has a diverse perspective on how 
best to accomplish our goals.  

Our compensation approach is centered around a philosophy that allows us to compete for and retain the right 
talent to grow our organization, while being consistent and equitable. Our total rewards program includes competitive 
pay, an employee stock purchase program, the ability to receive a portion of earned wages before the end of the payroll 
cycle through our On-Demand Payment product, market competitive retirement benefits, paid time off, the ability to 
consolidate and refinance federal and private student loans, interest free employee loans and many other benefits. 
Retaining talent is key to our compensation strategy, and we provide time-based restricted stock grants to certain 
employees based on role. We partner with best-in-class organizations to ensure that we utilize the most current data to 
serve as a foundation of our compensation strategy. 

We are also committed to supporting the health and wellbeing of our employees and offer a multitude of 

resources to assist in these efforts. In addition to traditional benefit offerings, we provide all employees with innovative 
perks and benefits that help to support their health and overall wellbeing. Such offerings include paid parental leave, 
adoption assistance, health advocacy services, personalized training to measure and improve resiliency and mental 
health, paid time off to volunteer, tuition reimbursement and many others. 

PCTY Gives 

Giving back to our local communities takes many forms at Paylocity. Through PCTY Gives, we mobilize our 

technology, people and resources across the country through in-kind donations, our Elevate Your Passions (“EYP”) 
Grant Program, Volunteers in Action paid time-off, signature program funding and many other initiatives. To support 
our employees and their communities, each quarter we donate to a qualified 501 (c)(3) charity nominated by our 
employees through the EYP program. In addition to local charities, Paylocity partners with national organizations such 
as Big Brothers Big Sisters of America, Blessings in a Backpack and American Red Cross. To support the children of 
Paylocity employees, the Peter J. McGrail Scholarship program, named after our late CFO, provides higher education 
tuition assistance for selected participants. 

Available Information 

Our Internet address is www.paylocity.com and our investor relations website is located at 

http://investors.paylocity.com. We make available free of charge on our investor relations website under the heading 
“Financials” our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and 
amendments to those reports as soon as reasonably practicable after such materials are electronically filed with (or 
furnished to) the SEC. Information contained on our websites is not incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on 
Form 10-K. In addition, the public may read and copy materials we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference 
Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public 
Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the SEC maintains an Internet site, www.sec.gov, 
that includes filings of and information about issuers that file electronically with the SEC. 

15 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 1A. Risk Factors. 

Our business, prospects, financial condition or operating results could be materially adversely affected by any 
of these risks, as well as other risks not currently known to us or that are currently considered immaterial. The trading 
price of our common stock could decline due to any of the risks and uncertainties described below, and you may lose all 
or part of your investment. In assessing these risks, you should also refer to the other information contained in this 
Annual Report on Form 10-K, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes.  

Risks Related to our Business and Industry 

Our quarterly operating results have fluctuated in the past and may continue to fluctuate due to a variety of factors, 
many of which are outside of our control. 

Our number of new clients typically increases more during our third fiscal quarter ending March 31 than during 

the rest of our fiscal year, primarily because many new clients prefer to start using our payroll and human capital 
management, or HCM, solutions at the beginning of a calendar year. Client funds and year-end activities are also 
traditionally higher during our third fiscal quarter. As a result, our total revenue and expenses have historically grown 
disproportionately during our third fiscal quarter as compared to other quarters. Due to this seasonality in our business, 
quarter-to-quarter comparisons of our operations are not necessarily meaningful and such comparisons should not be 
relied upon as indications of future performance. Additionally, fluctuation in quarterly results may negatively impact the 
price of our common stock.   

In addition to other risk factors listed within this “Risk Factors” section of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, 

some other important factors that may cause fluctuations in our quarterly operating results include the following: 

•  The extent to which our products achieve or maintain market acceptance; 

•  Our ability to introduce new products and enhancements and updates to our existing products on a 

timely basis; 

•  Competitive pressures and the introduction of enhanced products and services from competitors; 

•  Changes in client budgets and procurement policies; 

•  The amount and timing of our investment in research and development activities and whether such 

investments are capitalized or expensed as incurred; 

•  The number of our clients’ employees; 

•  Timing of recognition of revenues and expenses; 

•  Client renewal rates; 

•  Seasonality in our business; 

•  Technical difficulties with our products or interruptions in our services; 

•  Our ability to hire and retain qualified personnel; 

•  A repeal of or changes to the laws and regulations related to the products and services which we offer; 

•  Changes in accounting principles; 

•  Changes in interest rates; 

•  Business disruptions caused by public health issues such as the coronavirus disease (“COVID-19”) 

pandemic; and 

•  Unforeseen legal expenses, including litigation and settlement costs. 

16 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In addition, a significant portion of our operating expenses are related to compensation and other items which 
are relatively fixed in the short-term, and we plan expenditures based in part on our expectations regarding future needs 
and opportunities. Accordingly, changes in our business or revenue shortfalls could decrease our gross and operating 
margins and could negatively impact our operating results from period to period.  

Changes in regulatory laws or requirements applicable to our software and services could impose increased costs on 
us, delay or prevent our introduction of new products and services and impair the function or value of our existing 
products and services. 

Our products and services may become subject to increasing and/or changing regulatory requirements, 
including changes in tax, benefit and other laws, and as these requirements proliferate, we may be required to change or 
adapt our products and services to comply. Changing regulatory requirements might reduce or eliminate the need for 
some of our products and services, block us from developing new products and services or have an adverse effect on the 
functionality and acceptance of our solution. This might in turn impose additional costs upon us to comply, modify or 
further develop our products and services. It might also make introduction of new products and services more costly or 
more time-consuming than we currently anticipate or prevent introduction of such new products and services. For 
example, the adoption of new money transmitter or money services business statutes in jurisdictions or changes in 
regulators’ interpretation of existing state and federal money transmitter or money services business statutes or 
regulations, could subject us to registration or licensing or limit business activities until we are appropriately licensed. 
These occurrences could also impact how we conduct some aspects of our business or invest client funds, which could 
adversely impact interest income from investing client funds. Should any state or federal regulators determine that we 
have operated as an unlicensed money services business or money transmitter, we could be subject to civil and criminal 
fines, penalties, costs, legal fees, reputational damage or other negative consequences. Any of these regulatory 
implementations or changes could have an adverse effect on our business, operating results or financial condition. 

If we do not continue to innovate and deliver high-quality, technologically advanced products and services, we will 
not remain competitive and our revenue and operating results could suffer. 

The market for our solutions is characterized by rapid technological advancements, changes in client 
requirements, frequent new product introductions and enhancements and changing industry standards. The life cycles of 
our products are difficult to estimate. Rapid technological changes and the introduction of new products and 
enhancements by new or existing competitors, or development of entirely new technologies to replace existing offerings 
could limit the demand for our existing or future solutions and undermine our current market position. 

Our success depends in substantial part on our continuing ability to provide products and services that 
organizations will find superior to our competitors’ offerings and will continue to use. We intend to continue to invest 
significant resources in research and development to enhance our existing products and services and introduce new high-
quality products that clients will want. If we are unable to predict user preferences or industry changes, or if we are 
unable to modify our products and services on a timely basis or to effectively bring new products to market, our revenue 
and operating results may suffer. 

Failure to manage our growth effectively could increase our expenses, decrease our revenue, and prevent us from 
implementing our business strategy and sustaining our revenue growth rates. 

We have and we believe we will continue to experience rapid revenue and client base growth. However, the 
growth in our number of clients puts significant demands on our business, requires increased capital expenditures and 
increases our operating expenses. To manage this growth effectively, we must attract, train, and retain a significant 
number of qualified sales, implementation, client service, software development, information technology and 
management personnel. We also must maintain and enhance our technology infrastructure and our financial and 
accounting systems and controls. We must also expand and develop our network of third-party service providers, 
including 401(k) advisors, benefits administrators, insurance brokers, third-party administrators and HR consultants, 
which represent a significant source of referrals of potential clients for our products and implementation services.  
Failure to effectively manage our growth could adversely impact our business and results of operations. We could also 
suffer operational mistakes, a loss of business opportunities and employee losses. If our management is unable to 

17 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
effectively manage our growth, our expenses might increase more than expected, our revenue could decline or might 
grow more slowly than expected, and we might be unable to implement our business strategy.  

The markets in which we participate are highly competitive, and if we do not compete effectively, our operating 
results could be adversely affected. 

The market for payroll and HCM solutions is fragmented, highly competitive and rapidly changing. Our 
competitors vary for each of our solutions and primarily include payroll and HR service and software providers, such as 
Automatic Data Processing, Inc., Paychex, Inc., Paycom Software, Inc., Paycor, Inc., Ultimate Kronos Group and other 
local and regional providers. 

Several of our competitors are larger, have greater name recognition, longer operating histories and 

significantly greater resources than we do. Many of these competitors are able to devote greater resources to the 
development, promotion and sale of their products and services. Furthermore, our current or potential competitors may 
be acquired by third parties with greater available resources and the ability to initiate or withstand substantial price 
competition, which may include price concessions, delayed payment terms, or other terms and conditions that are more 
enticing to potential clients. As a result, our competitors may be able to develop products and services better received by 
our markets or may be able to respond more quickly and effectively than we can to new or changing opportunities, 
technologies, regulations, or client requirements. 

In addition, current and potential competitors have established, and might in the future establish, partner or 

form other cooperative relationships with vendors of complementary products, technologies or services to enable them to 
offer new products and services, to compete more effectively or to increase the availability of their products in the 
marketplace. New competitors or relationships might emerge that have greater market share, a larger client base, more 
widely adopted proprietary technologies, greater marketing expertise, greater financial resources, and larger sales forces 
than we have, which could put us at a competitive disadvantage. In light of these advantages, current or potential clients 
might accept competitive offerings in lieu of purchasing our offerings. We expect competition to continue for these 
reasons, and such competition could negatively impact our sales, profitability or market share. 

If we fail to manage our technical operations infrastructure, including operation of our data centers, our existing 
clients may experience service outages and our new clients may experience delays in the deployment of our modules. 

We have experienced significant growth in the number of users, transactions and data that our operations 

infrastructure supports. We seek to maintain sufficient excess capacity in our data centers and other operations 
infrastructure to meet the needs of our clients. We also seek to maintain excess capacity to support new client 
deployments and the expansion of existing client deployments. In addition, we need to properly manage our 
technological operations infrastructure in order to support version control, changes in hardware and software parameters 
and the evolution of our modules. We may experience website disruptions, outages and other performance problems. 
These problems may be caused by a variety of factors, including infrastructure changes, human or software errors, 
viruses, security attacks, fraud, spikes in client usage and denial of service issues. In some instances, we may not be able 
to identify the cause or causes of these performance problems within an acceptable period of time. If we do not 
accurately predict our infrastructure requirements, our existing clients may experience service outages that may subject 
us to financial penalties, financial liabilities and client losses. If our operations infrastructure fails to keep pace with 
increased sales, clients may experience delays as we seek to obtain additional capacity, which could adversely affect our 
reputation and our revenues. 

In addition, our ability to deliver our cloud-based modules depends on the development and maintenance of 
Internet infrastructure by third parties. This includes maintenance of a reliable network backbone with the necessary 
speed, data capacity, bandwidth capacity, and security. We may experience future interruptions and delays in services 
and availability from time to time. Any interruption may affect the availability, accuracy, or timeliness in our services 
and could damage our reputation, cause our clients to terminate their use of our software, require us to indemnify our 
clients against certain losses due to our own errors and prevent us from gaining additional business from current or 
future clients. In the event of a catastrophic event with respect to one or more of our systems, we may experience an 

18 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
extended period of system unavailability, which could negatively impact our relationship with clients. To operate 
without interruption, both we and our clients must guard against: 

•  Damage from fire, power loss, natural disasters, pandemics and other force majeure events outside our 

control; 

•  Communications failures; 

•  Software and hardware errors, failures and crashes; 

•  Security breaches, computer viruses, hacking, worms, malware, ransomware, denial-of-service attacks 

and similar disruptive problems; and 

•  Other potential interruptions. 

We use multiple cloud hosting and third-party data center providers to host our solutions, including data centers 

in Franklin Park, Illinois and Kenosha, Wisconsin (for backup and disaster recovery). We also may decide to employ 
additional offsite data centers in the future to accommodate growth. Problems faced by our data center locations (such as 
a hardware or other supply chain disruption), with the telecommunications network providers with whom we or they 
contract, or with the systems by which our telecommunications providers allocate capacity among their clients, including 
us, could adversely affect the availability and processing of our solutions and related services and the experience of our 
clients. If our data centers are unable to keep up with our growing needs for capacity, this could have an adverse effect 
on our business and cause us to incur additional expense. Any changes in service levels at our third-party data center or 
any errors, defects, disruptions or other performance problems with our modules could adversely affect our reputation 
and may damage our clients’ stored files or result in lengthy interruptions in our services. Interruptions in our services 
might reduce our revenues, subject us to potential liability or other expenses or adversely affect our renewal rates. 

In addition, while we own, control and have access to our servers and all of the components of our network that 
are located in our backup data centers, we do not control the operation of these facilities. The operators of our third-party 
data center facilities have no obligation to renew their agreements with us on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. If 
we are unable to renew these agreements on commercially reasonable terms, or if the data center operators are acquired, 
we may be required to transfer our servers and other infrastructure to new data center facilities, and we may incur costs 
and experience service interruption in doing so. 

We typically pay client employees and may pay taxing authorities amounts due for a payroll period before a client’s 
electronic funds transfers are finally settled to our account. If client payments are rejected by banking institutions or 
otherwise fail to clear into our accounts, we may require additional sources of short-term liquidity and our operating 
results could be adversely affected. 

Our payroll processing business involves the movement of significant funds from the account of a client to 

employees and relevant taxing authorities. Though we debit a client’s account prior to any disbursement on its behalf, 
due to Automated Clearing House, or ACH, banking regulations, funds previously credited could be reversed under 
certain circumstances and timeframes after our payment of amounts due to employees and taxing and other regulatory 
authorities. There is therefore a risk that the employer’s funds will be insufficient to cover the amounts we have already 
paid on its behalf. While such shortage and accompanying financial exposure has only occurred in very limited instances 
in the past, should clients default on their payment obligations in the future, we might be required to advance funds to 
cover such obligations. Depending on the magnitude of such an event, we may be required to seek additional sources of 
short-term liquidity, which may not be available on reasonable terms, if at all, and our operating results and our liquidity 
could be adversely affected and our banking relationships could be harmed.  

Our business could be negatively impacted by disruptions in the operations of third-party providers.  

We rely on third-party couriers such as the United Parcel Service, or UPS, to ship printed checks to our clients, 
and any disruptions in their operations that impact their ability to successfully perform their tasks may negatively impact 
our business. 

19 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We also currently have agreements with eleven major U.S. banks to execute ACH and wire transfers to support 
our client payroll, benefit and tax services. If one or more of the banks fails to process ACH transfers on a timely basis, 
or at all, then our relationship with our clients could be harmed and we could be subject to claims by a client with respect 
to the failed transfers. In addition, these banks have no obligation to renew their agreements with us on commercially 
reasonable terms, if at all. If a material number of these banks terminate their relationships with us or restrict the dollar 
amounts of funds that they will process on behalf of our clients, their doing so may impede our ability to process funds 
and could have an adverse impact on our business.  

We depend on our senior management team and other key employees, and the loss of these persons or an inability to 
attract and retain highly skilled employees, including product development, sales, implementation, client service and 
other technical persons, could adversely affect our business. 

Our success depends largely upon the continued services of our key executive officers. We also rely on our 
leadership team in the areas of product development, sales, client service, and general and administrative functions. 
From time to time, there may be changes in our executive management team resulting from the hiring or departure of 
executives, which could disrupt our business. While we have employment agreements with our executive officers, these 
employment agreements do not require them to continue to work for us for any specified period and, therefore, they 
could terminate their employment with us at any time. The loss of one or more of our executive officers or key 
employees could have an adverse effect on our business. 

We believe that to grow our business and be successful, we must continue to develop products that are 

technologically advanced, are highly integrable with third-party services, provide significant mobility capabilities and 
have pleasing and intuitive user experiences. To do so, we must attract and retain highly qualified personnel, particularly 
employees with high levels of experience in designing and developing software. We must also identify, recruit and train 
qualified sales, client service and implementation personnel in the use of our software. The amount of time it takes for 
our sales representatives, client service and implementation personnel to be fully trained and to become productive 
varies widely. Competition for skilled employees across the United States and globally is intense. If we fail to attract 
new personnel or fail to retain and motivate our current personnel, our business and future growth prospects could be 
severely harmed. We follow a practice of hiring the best available candidates wherever located, but as we grow our 
business, the productivity of our product development and direct sales force may be adversely affected. In addition, if we 
hire employees from competitors or other companies, their former employers may attempt to assert that these employees 
have breached their legal obligations, resulting in a diversion of our time and resources. 

Our software might not operate properly, which could damage our reputation, give rise to claims against us, or divert 
application of our resources from other purposes, any of which could harm our business and operating results. 

Our payroll and HCM software is complex and may contain or develop undetected defects or errors, 
particularly when first introduced or as new versions are released. Despite extensive testing, from time to time, we have 
discovered defects or errors in our products. In addition, because changes in employer and legal requirements and 
practices relating to benefits, filing of tax returns and other regulatory reports are frequent, we may discover defects and 
errors in our software and service processes in the normal course of business compared against these requirements and 
practices. Defects and errors could also cause the information that we collect to be incomplete or contain inaccuracies 
that our clients, their employees and taxing and other regulatory authorities regard as significant.  

Defects and errors and any failure by us to identify and address them could result in delays in product 

introductions and updates, loss of revenue or market share, liability to clients or others, failure to achieve market 
acceptance or expansion, diversion of development and other resources, injury to our reputation, and increased service 
and maintenance costs. The costs incurred in correcting any defects or errors or in responding to resulting claims or 
liability might be substantial and could adversely affect our operating results. Our clients might assert claims against us 
in the future alleging that they suffered damages due to a defect, error, or other failure of our product or service 
processes. A product liability claim and errors or omissions claim could subject us to significant legal defense costs and 
adverse publicity regardless of the merits or eventual outcome of such a claim. 

20 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our agreements with our clients typically contain provisions intended to limit our exposure to such claims, but 

such provisions may not be effective in limiting our exposure. Contractual limitations we use may not be enforceable 
and may not provide us with adequate protection against product liability claims in certain jurisdictions. A successful 
claim for product or service liability brought against us could result in substantial cost to us and divert management’s 
attention from our operations. We also maintain insurance, but our insurance may be inadequate or may not be available 
in the future on acceptable terms, or at all. In addition, our policy may not cover all claims made against us and 
defending a suit, regardless of its merit, could be costly and divert management’s attention. 

If third-party software used in our products is not adequately maintained or updated, our business could be materially 
adversely affected. 

Some of our products utilize certain third-party software. Although we believe that there are alternatives for 

these products, any significant interruption in the availability of such third-party software could have an adverse impact 
on our business unless and until we can replace the functionality provided by these products at a similar cost. 
Additionally, we rely, to a certain extent, upon such third parties’ abilities to enhance their current products, to develop 
new products on a timely and cost-effective basis and to respond to emerging industry standards and other technological 
changes. We may be unable to replace the functionality provided by the third-party software currently offered in 
conjunction with our products in the event that such software becomes obsolete or incompatible with future versions of 
our products or is otherwise not adequately maintained or updated. 

We may acquire other companies or technologies, which could divert our management’s attention, result in 
additional dilution to our stockholders and otherwise disrupt our operations and adversely affect our operating 
results. 

We have acquired and may in the future seek to acquire or invest in other businesses or technologies. The 

pursuit of potential acquisitions or investments may divert the attention of management and cause us to incur various 
expenses in identifying, investigating and pursuing suitable acquisitions, whether or not they are consummated. 

We may not be able to integrate the acquired personnel, operations and technologies successfully, or effectively 

manage the combined business following the acquisition. Factors that may negatively impact our operating results, 
business and financial position, without limitation include the following: 

• 

Inability to integrate or benefit from acquired technologies, operations, or services in a profitable 
manner; 

•  Unanticipated costs or liabilities associated with the acquisition; 

•  Difficulty converting the clients of the acquired business onto our modules and contract terms, 

including disparities in the revenues, licensing, support or professional services model of the acquired 
company; 

•  Diversion of management’s attention from other business concerns; 

•  Adverse effects to our existing business relationships with business partners and clients as a result of 

the acquisition; 

•  The potential loss of key employees; 

•  Use of resources that are needed in other parts of our business; 

•  Use of substantial portions of our available cash to consummate the acquisition; and 

•  Dilutive issuances of equity securities or the incurrence of debt. 

In addition, a significant portion of the purchase price of companies we acquire may be allocated to acquired 

goodwill and other intangible assets, which must be assessed for impairment at least annually. In the future, if our 

21 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
acquisitions do not yield expected returns, we may be required to take charges to our operating results based on this 
impairment assessment process, which could adversely affect our results of operations. 

Risks Related to Cybersecurity and Intellectual Property Rights 

If our security measures are breached or unauthorized access to client data or funds is otherwise obtained, our 
solutions may be perceived as not being secure, clients may reduce the use of or stop using our solutions and we may 
incur significant liabilities. 

Our solutions involve the storage and transmission of our clients’ and their employees’ proprietary and 

confidential information. This information includes bank account numbers, tax return information, social security 
numbers, benefit information, retirement account information, payroll information, system passwords, and in the case of 
our benefit administration solution, BeneFLEX, health information protected by the Health Insurance Portability and 
Accountability Act of 1996, as amended, or HIPAA. In addition, we collect and maintain personal information on our 
own employees in the ordinary course of our business. Finally, our business involves the storage and transmission of 
funds from the accounts of our clients to their employees, taxing and regulatory authorities and others. As a result, 
unauthorized access or security breaches of our systems, the systems of our clients or use of confidential information we 
obtain during the normal course of our business could result in the unauthorized disclosure of confidential information, 
identity and financial theft, litigation, indemnity obligations and other significant liabilities. Because the techniques used 
to obtain unauthorized access or sabotage systems change frequently and generally are not identified until they are 
employed, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate preventative measures in advance. 
As cyber threats continue to evolve, we are focused on ensuring that our operating environments safeguard and protect 
personal and business information. We may be required to invest significant additional resources to comply with 
evolving cybersecurity regulations and to modify and enhance our information security and controls, and to investigate 
and remediate any security vulnerabilities. We have security measures and controls in place to protect confidential 
information, prevent data loss, theft and other security breaches, including penetration tests of our systems by 
independent third parties. However, if our security measures are breached, our business could be substantially harmed, 
and we could incur significant liabilities. The costs of investigating, mitigating, and reporting such a breach to affected 
individuals (if required) can be substantial. In addition, if a high-profile security breach occurs with respect to an 
industry peer, our clients and potential clients may generally lose trust in the security of payroll and HCM modules. Any 
such breach or unauthorized access could negatively affect our ability to attract new clients, cause existing clients to 
terminate their agreements with us, result in reputational damage and subject us to lawsuits, regulatory fines or other 
actions or liabilities which could materially and adversely affect our business and operating results. 

There can be no assurance that the limitations of liability in our contracts would be enforceable or adequate or 
would otherwise protect us from any such liabilities or damages with respect to any particular claim related to a breach 
or unauthorized access. We also cannot be sure that our existing general liability insurance coverage and coverage for 
errors or omissions will continue to be available on acceptable terms or will be available in sufficient amounts to cover 
one or more large claims, or that the insurer will not deny coverage as to any future claim. The successful assertion of 
one or more large claims against us that exceed available insurance coverage, or the occurrence of changes in our 
insurance policies, including premium increases or the imposition of large deductible or co-insurance requirements, 
could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

Any failure to protect our intellectual property rights could impair our ability to protect our proprietary technology 
and our brand. 

Our success is dependent, in part, upon protecting our proprietary technology. We rely on a combination of 

copyrights, trademarks, service marks, trade secret laws, and contractual restrictions to establish and protect our 
proprietary rights in our products and services. Our proprietary technologies are not covered by any patent or patent 
application. However, the steps we take to protect our intellectual property may be inadequate. We will not be able to 
protect our intellectual property if we are unable to enforce our rights or if we do not detect unauthorized use of our 
intellectual property. Despite our precautions, it may be possible for unauthorized third parties to copy our products and 
use information that we regard as proprietary to create products and services that compete with ours. Some license 

22 

 
 
 
 
 
 
provisions protecting against unauthorized use, copying, transfer and disclosure of our products may be unenforceable 
under the laws of certain jurisdictions and foreign countries. 

We enter into confidentiality and invention assignment agreements with our employees and consultants and 

enter into confidentiality agreements with the parties with whom we have strategic relationships and business alliances. 
No assurance can be given that these agreements will be effective in controlling access to and distribution of our 
products and proprietary information. The confidentiality agreements on which we rely to protect certain technologies 
may be breached and may not be adequate to protect our proprietary technologies. Further, these agreements do not 
prevent our competitors from independently developing technologies that are substantially equivalent or superior to our 
solutions.  

In order to protect our intellectual property rights, we may be required to spend significant resources, including 
cybersecurity resources, to monitor and protect these rights. Our intellectual property could be wrongfully acquired as a 
result of a cyberattack or other wrongful conduct by employees or third parties. Litigation may be necessary in the future 
to enforce our intellectual property rights and to protect our trade secrets. Litigation brought to protect and enforce our 
intellectual property rights could be costly, time consuming, and distracting to management and could result in the 
impairment or loss of portions of our intellectual property. Furthermore, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property 
rights may be met with defenses, counterclaims, and countersuits attacking the validity and enforceability of our 
intellectual property rights. Our inability to protect our proprietary technology against unauthorized copying or use, as 
well as any costly litigation or diversion of our management’s attention and resources, could delay further sales or the 
implementation of our solutions, impair the functionality of our solutions, delay introductions of new solutions, result in 
our substituting inferior or more costly technologies into our solutions, or damage our reputation. In addition, we may be 
required to license additional technology from third parties to develop and market new solutions, and we cannot assure 
you that we could license that technology on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. Although we do not expect that 
our inability to license this technology in the future would have a material adverse effect on our business or operating 
results, our inability to license this technology could adversely affect our ability to compete. 

We may be sued by third parties for alleged infringement of their proprietary rights. 

There is considerable patent and other intellectual property development activity in our industry. Our success 

depends, in part, upon our not infringing upon the intellectual property rights of others. Our competitors, as well as a 
number of other entities and individuals, may own or claim to own intellectual property relating to our industry. From 
time to time, third parties may claim that we are infringing upon their intellectual property rights, and we may be found 
to be infringing upon such rights. In the future, others may claim that our modules and underlying technology infringe or 
violate their intellectual property rights. However, we may be unaware of the intellectual property rights that others may 
claim cover some or all of our technology or services. Any claims or litigation could cause us to incur significant 
expenses and, if successfully asserted against us, could require that we pay substantial damages or ongoing royalty 
payments, prevent us from offering our services, or require that we comply with other unfavorable terms. In connection 
with any such claim or litigation, we may also be obligated to indemnify our clients or business partners or pay 
substantial settlement costs, including royalty payments, and to obtain licenses, modify applications, or refund fees, 
which could be costly. Even if we were to prevail in such a dispute, any litigation regarding our intellectual property 
could be costly and time-consuming and divert the attention of our management and key personnel from our business 
operations. 

The use of open source software in our products and solutions may expose us to additional risks and harm our 
intellectual property rights. 

Some of our products and solutions use or incorporate software that is subject to one or more open source 
licenses. Open source software is typically freely accessible, usable and modifiable. Certain open source software 
licenses require a user who intends to distribute the open source software as a component of the user’s software to 
disclose publicly part or all of the source code to the user’s software. In addition, certain open source software licenses 
require the user of such software to make any derivative works of the open source code available to others on potentially 
unfavorable terms or at no cost. 

23 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The terms of many open source licenses to which we are subject have not been interpreted by U.S. or foreign 

courts. Accordingly, there is a risk that those licenses could be construed in a manner that imposes unanticipated 
conditions or restrictions on our ability to commercialize our solutions. In that event, we could be required to seek 
licenses from third parties in order to continue offering our products or solutions, to re-develop our products or solutions, 
to discontinue sales of our products or solutions, or to release our proprietary software code under the terms of an open 
source license, any of which could harm our business. Further, given the nature of open source software, it may be more 
likely that third parties might assert copyright and other intellectual property infringement claims against us based on our 
use of these open source software programs. 

While we monitor the use of all open source software in our products, solutions, processes and technology and 
try to ensure that no open source software is used in such a way as to require us to disclose the source code to the related 
product or solution when we do not wish to do so, it is possible that such use may have inadvertently occurred in 
deploying our proprietary solutions. In addition, if a third-party software provider has incorporated certain types of open 
source software into software we license from such third party for our products and solutions without our knowledge, we 
could, under certain circumstances, be required to disclose the source code to our products and solutions. This could 
harm our intellectual property position and our business, results of operations and financial condition. 

Risks Related to Legal and Regulatory Matters 

Privacy concerns and laws or other domestic regulations may increase the cost of our solutions or reduce the 
effectiveness of our modules and adversely affect our business. 

Our clients collect, use and store personal or identifying information regarding their employees and their family 
members in our solutions. Federal and state government bodies and agencies have adopted, are considering adopting, or 
may adopt laws and regulations regarding the collection, use, storage and disclosure of such personal information. In 
addition, HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, and its 
implementing regulations, applies to our benefit administration solution, BeneFLEX, as a business associate. The costs 
of compliance with, and other burdens imposed by, such laws and regulations that are applicable to our clients’ 
businesses may limit the use and adoption of our modules and reduce overall demand, or lead to significant fines, 
penalties or liabilities for any noncompliance with such privacy laws. Even the perception of privacy concerns, whether 
or not valid, may inhibit market adoption of our solutions. 

Additionally, we expect that existing laws, regulations, and standards may be interpreted in new and differing 

manners in the future and may be inconsistent among jurisdictions. Future laws, regulations, standards, and other 
obligations, and changes in the interpretation of existing laws, regulations, standards, and other obligations could result 
in increased regulation, increased costs of compliance and penalties for non-compliance, and limitations on data 
collection, use, disclosure, and transfer for Paylocity and our clients. In 2016 the EU adopted a new regulation governing 
data privacy called the General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”), which became effective in May 2018. The GDPR 
establishes new requirements applicable to the handling of personal data and imposes penalties for non-compliance of up 
to 4% of worldwide revenue. California also enacted legislation, the California Consumer Privacy Act of 2018 
(“CCPA”), effective as of January 1, 2020, and the California Privacy Rights Act (“CPRA”), which expands upon the 
CCPA, passed in November 2020, that affords California residents expanded privacy protections and a private right of 
action for security breaches affecting their personal information. In addition, the Illinois Biometric Information Privacy 
Act regulates the collection, use, safeguarding and storage of “biometric identifiers” or “biometric information” by 
private entities, and provides a private right of action of persons who are aggrieved by violations of the regulation. All of 
these legislative and regulatory initiatives may adversely affect our clients’ ability to process, handle, store, use and 
transmit demographic and personal information regarding their employees and family members, which could reduce 
demand for our solutions. 

In addition to government activity, privacy advocacy groups and the technology and other industries are 
considering various new, additional or different self-regulatory standards that may place additional burdens on us. If the 
processing of personal information were to be curtailed in this manner, our products would be less effective, which may 
reduce demand for our modules and adversely affect our business. 

24 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
If third parties we work with violate applicable laws or regulations or our policies, such violations may also put 
our clients’ content at risk and could in turn have an adverse effect on our business. Any significant change to applicable 
laws, regulations, or industry practices regarding the collection, use, retention, security, or disclosure of our clients’ 
content, or regarding the manner in which the express or implied consent of clients for the collection, use, retention, or 
disclosure of such content is obtained, could increase our costs and require us to modify our services and features, 
possibly in a material manner, which we may be unable to complete, and may limit our ability to store and transmit 
client data or develop new services and features. 

Adverse tax laws or regulations could be enacted or existing laws could be applied to us or our clients, which could 
increase the costs of our services and adversely impact our business. 

The application of federal, state, and local tax laws to services provided electronically often involve complex 

issues and significant judgment. New or changes to existing income, sales, use or other tax laws, statutes, rules, 
regulations or ordinances could be enacted at any time, possibly with retroactive effect, and could be applied solely or 
disproportionately to services provided over the Internet. These enactments could adversely affect our business, results 
of operations and financial condition due to the inherent cost increase. 

Moreover, each state has different rules and regulations governing sales and use taxes, and these rules and 

regulations are subject to varying interpretations that change over time. We review these rules and regulations 
periodically and, when we believe we are subject to sales and use taxes in a particular state, we may voluntarily engage 
state tax authorities to determine how to comply with that state’s rules and regulations. We cannot, however, assure you 
that we will not be subject to sales and use taxes or related penalties for past sales in states where we currently believe no 
such taxes are required. If one or more taxing authorities determines that taxes should have, but have not, been paid with 
respect to our services, we might be liable for past taxes and the associated interest and penalty charges, in addition to 
taxes going forward, which will adversely affect our business, sales activity, results of operations and financial 
condition.  

Any future litigation against us could be costly and time-consuming to defend. 

We may become subject, from time to time, to legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of 
business such as claims brought by our clients in connection with commercial disputes, employment claims made by our 
current or former employees, or lawsuits related to breaches of personal information. Litigation might result in 
substantial costs and may divert management’s attention and resources, which might seriously harm our business, overall 
financial condition, and operating results. Insurance might not cover such claims, might not provide sufficient payments 
to cover all the costs to resolve one or more such claims and might not continue to be available on terms acceptable to 
us. A claim brought against us that is uninsured or underinsured could result in unanticipated costs, thereby harming our 
operating results and leading analysts or potential investors to lower their expectations of our performance, which could 
reduce the trading price of our stock. 

Risks Related to Financial Matters 

Certain of our debt agreements contain covenants that may constrain the operation of our business, and our failure 
to comply with these covenants could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition.  

The five-year revolving credit agreement that we entered into in July 2019 contains restrictive covenants 
including restrictions regarding the incurrence of liens and indebtedness, substantial changes in the general nature of our 
business and our subsidiaries (taken as a whole), certain merger transactions, certain sales of assets and other matters, all 
subject to certain exceptions. Failure to comply with these covenants could have a negative impact on our business and 
financial condition. 

25 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate investments and client funds that we hold are subject to market, interest rate, credit and liquidity risks. The 
loss of these funds could have an adverse impact on our business. 

We invest portions of excess cash and cash equivalents and funds held for our clients in liquid, investment-

grade marketable securities such as corporate bonds, commercial paper, asset-backed securities, U.S. treasury securities, 
money market securities, and other cash equivalents. We follow an established investment policy and set of guidelines to 
monitor and help mitigate our exposure to liquidity and credit risks. Nevertheless, our corporate investments and client 
fund assets are subject to general market, interest rate, credit, and liquidity risks. These risks may be exacerbated, 
individually or in unison, during periods of unusual financial market volatility. Any loss of or inability to access our 
corporate investments or client funds could have adverse impacts on our business, results of operations, financial 
condition and liquidity. 

In addition, funds held for clients are deposited in consolidated accounts on behalf of our clients, and as a 

result, the aggregate amounts in the accounts exceed the applicable federal deposit insurance limits. We believe that 
since such funds are deposited in trust on behalf of our clients, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or the FDIC, 
would treat those funds as if they had been deposited by each of the clients themselves and insure each client’s funds up 
to the applicable deposit insurance limits. If the FDIC were to take the position that it is not obligated to provide deposit 
insurance for our clients’ funds or if the reimbursement of these funds were delayed, our business and our clients could 
be materially harmed. 

Our reported financial results may be adversely affected by changes in accounting principles generally accepted in 
the United States. 

Generally accepted accounting principles in the United States are subject to interpretation by the Financial 

Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, and various bodies formed to 
promulgate and interpret appropriate accounting principles. A change in these principles or interpretations could have a 
significant effect on our reported financial results, including increased volatility, and could affect the reporting of 
transactions completed before the announcement of a change. Our accounting policies that have been or may be affected 
by changes in accounting principles include, but are not limited to, revenue recognition and accounting for leases.  

Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Stock 

Insiders have substantial control over us, which may limit our stockholders’ ability to influence corporate matters 
and delay or prevent a third party from acquiring control over us. 

As of July 30, 2021, our directors, executive officers and holders of more than 5% of our common stock, 

together with their respective affiliates, beneficially owned, in the aggregate, approximately 29.1% of our outstanding 
common stock. This significant concentration of ownership may adversely affect the trading price for our common stock 
because investors often perceive disadvantages in owning stock in companies with controlling stockholders. In addition, 
these stockholders will be able to exercise influence over all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the 
election of directors and approval of corporate transactions, such as a merger or other sale of our company or its assets. 
This concentration of ownership could limit the ability of our other stockholders to influence corporate matters and may 
have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control, including a merger, consolidation, or other business 
combination involving us, or discouraging a potential acquirer from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to 
obtain control, even if that change in control would benefit our other stockholders. 

Our stock price may be subject to wide fluctuations. 

The market price of our common stock has experienced, and may continue to experience, wide fluctuations and 
increased volatility. Factors that may impact our performance and market price include those discussed elsewhere in this 
“Risk Factors” section of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and others such as: 

•  Our operating performance and the operating performance of similar companies; 

•  Announcements by us or our competitors of acquisitions, business plans or commercial relationships; 

26 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
•  Any major change in our board of directors or senior management; 

•  Publication of research reports or news stories about us, our competitors, or our industry, or positive or 

negative recommendations or withdrawal of research coverage by securities analysts; 

•  The public’s reaction to our press releases, our other public announcements and our filings with the 

SEC; 

•  Sales of our common stock by our directors, executive officers and affiliates; 

•  Adverse market reaction to any indebtedness we may incur or securities we may issue in the future; 

•  Short sales, hedging and other derivative transactions in our common stock; 

•  Threatened or actual litigation; 

•  Public health issues such as the COVID-19 pandemic; and 

•  Other events or factors, including changes in general conditions in the United States and global 
economies or financial markets (including acts of God, war, incidents of terrorism, or other 
destabilizing events and the resulting responses to them). 

In addition, the stock market in general and the market for software or technology-related companies in 
particular, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to 
the operating performance of those companies. Securities class action litigation has often been instituted against 
companies following periods of volatility in the overall market and in the market price of a company’s securities. This 
litigation, if instituted against us, could result in substantial costs, divert our management’s attention and resources, and 
harm our business, operating results, and financial condition. 

We do not currently intend to pay dividends on our common stock and, consequently, your ability to achieve a return 
on your investment will depend on appreciation in the price of our common stock. 

We have not declared or paid dividends on our common stock in the past three fiscal years and do not currently 
intend to do so for the foreseeable future. We currently intend to invest our future earnings to fund our growth and other 
corporate initiatives. Therefore, you are not likely to receive any dividends on your common stock for the foreseeable 
future, and the success of an investment in shares of our common stock will depend upon future appreciation in its value, 
if any. There is no guarantee that shares of our common stock will appreciate in value or even maintain the price at 
which our stockholders purchased their shares. 

Future sales of shares of our common stock by existing stockholders could depress the market price of our common 
stock. 

As of July 30, 2021, we had an aggregate of 54,601,434 outstanding shares of common stock. The 17,362,750 

shares sold in our initial public offering, follow-on offering and secondary offering can be freely sold in the public 
market without restriction. The remaining shares can be freely sold in the public market, subject in some cases to volume 
and other restrictions under Rule 144 and 701 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and various agreements. 

In addition, we have registered 19,253,893 shares of common stock that we have issued and may issue under 
our equity plans. These shares can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject in some cases to volume 
and other restrictions under Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act, and various vesting agreements. In addition, 
some of our employees, including our executive officers, have entered into 10b5-1 trading plans regarding sales of 
shares of our common stock. These plans provide for sales to occur from time to time.  If any of these additional shares 
are sold, or if it is perceived that they will be sold, in the public market, the trading price of our common stock could 
decline. 

Also, in the future, we may issue additional securities in connection with investments and acquisitions. The 

amount of our common stock issued in connection with an investment or acquisition could constitute a material portion 

27 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
of our then outstanding stock. Due to these factors, sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the 
public market could occur at any time. These sales, or the perception in the market that the holders of a large number of 
shares intend to sell shares, could reduce the market price of our common stock. 

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and Delaware law could discourage, delay, or prevent a change in 
control of our company and may affect the trading price of our common stock. 

We are a Delaware corporation and the anti-takeover provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law, 

which apply to us, may discourage, delay or prevent a change in control by prohibiting us from engaging in a business 
combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years after the stockholder becomes an interested 
stockholder, even if a change in control would be beneficial to our existing stockholders. In addition, our amended and 
restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage, delay or prevent a change in our 
management or control over us that stockholders may consider favorable. Our amended and restated certificate of 
incorporation and bylaws: 

•  Authorize the issuance of “blank check” convertible preferred stock that could be issued by our board 

of directors to thwart a takeover attempt; 

•  Establish a classified board of directors, as a result of which the successors to the directors whose 

terms have expired will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third 
annual meeting following their election; 

•  Require that directors only be removed from office for cause and only upon a supermajority 

stockholder vote; 

•  Provide that vacancies on the board of directors, including newly-created directorships, may be filled 

only by a majority vote of directors then in office rather than by stockholders; 

•  Prevent stockholders from calling special meetings; and 

•  Prohibit stockholder action by written consent, requiring all actions to be taken at a meeting of the 

stockholders. 

Our bylaws provide that the state and federal courts located within the state of Delaware are the sole and exclusive 
forums for certain legal actions involving the company or our directors, officers and employees. 

On February 2, 2016, we amended our bylaws to designate the state and federal courts located within the state 

of Delaware as the sole and exclusive forums for claims arising derivatively, pursuant to the Delaware General 
Corporation Law or governed by the internal affairs doctrine. The choice of forum provision is expressly authorized by 
the Delaware General Corporation Law, which was amended so that companies would not have to litigate internal claims 
in more than one jurisdiction. If a court were to find the exclusive forum provision contained in our bylaws to be 
inapplicable or unenforceable, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such extra-forum claims, which 
could adversely affect our business and financial condition. This bylaws provision, therefore, may dissuade or 
discourage claimants from initiating lawsuits or claims against us or our directors and officers in forums other than 
Delaware. 

General Risk Factors 

Our business, results of operations and financial condition have been, and will continue to be, adversely impacted by 
the uncertainties and consequences stemming from the COVID-19 pandemic. 

The spread of COVID-19 has continued to cause economic and individual uncertainty and disruption across the 

country and world. Many of our clients have also been unfavorably impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic, which is 
outside of our control, and as a result some clients have reduced employee headcount. If a significant number of our 
clients are unable to continue as viable businesses or otherwise are required to further reduce headcount, or we 
experience longer sales cycles, reduced demand for our solutions, clients failing to pay us under the terms of our 
agreements, lower renewal rates by our clients and increased competition, such factors could have an adverse impact on 

28 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
our business and financial condition. If the COVID-19 pandemic has a prolonged substantial impact on our employees, 
partners or clients, our results of operations and overall financial performance may be unfavorably impacted. 

Our business depends on the overall demand for payroll and HCM software and services, and on the economic 
health of our current and prospective clients. The impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business, clients, partners, 
employees, markets and financial results and condition are uncertain, evolving and dependent on numerous 
unpredictable factors outside of our control, including: 

•  The spread, duration and severity of the pandemic as a public health matter and its impact on 

governments, businesses, society, our clients, our partners and our business; 

•  The measures being taken by governments, businesses and society in response to the pandemic and 
their effectiveness, including the effectiveness of vaccine availability, distribution and adoption; 

•  The scope and effectiveness of fiscal and monetary stimulus programs (such as the Payroll Protection 
Program) and other legislative and regulatory measures being implemented by federal, state and local 
governments; 

•  The increase in business failures among our clients and other businesses; 

•  The pace and extent to which our clients and other businesses recover and add employees and other 

compensated individuals; and 

•  The willingness of current and prospective clients to invest in our products and services. 

Any of these factors may impact our business unfavorably. While economic conditions have begun improving 

as vaccine distribution has accelerated in the United States, there can be no assurance that the economic recovery will 
continue or offset the uncertainty and instability resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic. Even after the COVID-19 
pandemic has subsided, we may continue to experience adverse impacts to our business as a result of its global economic 
impact, including any recession, economic downturn, or increased unemployment that has occurred or may occur in the 
future. 

If we are unable to maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting, investors may lose confidence in the 
accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our common stock may be negatively 
affected. 

As a public company, we are required to maintain internal controls over financial reporting and to report any 
material weaknesses in such internal controls. Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley 
Act, requires that we evaluate and determine the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting and 
provide a management report on the internal controls over financial reporting. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act 
requires that our management report on the internal controls over financial reporting be attested to by our independent 
registered public accounting firm. If we have a material weakness in our internal controls over financial reporting, we 
may not detect errors on a timely basis and our financial statements may be materially misstated. Compliance with these 
public company requirements has made some activities more time-consuming, costly and complicated. If we identify 
material weaknesses in our internal controls over financial reporting, if we are unable to assert that our internal controls 
over financial reporting are effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an 
opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting, investors may lose confidence in the 
accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our common stock could be negatively 
affected, and we could become subject to investigations by the stock exchange on which our securities are listed, the 
SEC or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources. 

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments. 

None. 

29 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 2. Properties. 

As of June 30, 2021, our corporate headquarters occupied approximately 326,000 square feet in Schaumburg, 

Illinois under leases with final expiration in October 2032. We also utilize office spaces consisting of 
approximately 92,000 square feet in Lake Mary, Florida and approximately 69,000 square feet in Meridian, Idaho as 
other major operations centers. We lease other smaller facilities across the U.S. that serve as data centers, sales offices 
and distribution centers. 

For additional information regarding obligations under operating leases, see Note 12 of the Notes to the 

Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8: “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this 
Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Item 3. Legal Proceedings. 

From time to time, we may become involved in litigation related to claims arising from the ordinary course of 
our business. We believe that there are no claims or actions pending or threatened against us, the ultimate disposition of 
which would have a material adverse effect on us. 

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures. 

Not applicable. 

30 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART II 

Item 5.  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity 

Securities 

Market Information 

Our common stock is listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “PCTY”.  

On July 30, 2021, the last reported sale price of our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market was 
$207.46 per share, and there were 13 holders of record of our common stock. The actual number of holders of common 
stock is greater than these numbers of record holders and includes stockholders who are beneficial owners, but whose 
shares are held in street name by brokers and nominees. The number of holders of record also does not include 
stockholders whose shares may be held in trust by other entities. 

Use of Proceeds from Initial Public Offering of Common Stock 

On March 24, 2014, we completed our initial public offering, or IPO, of 8,101,750 shares of common stock, at 

a price of $17.00 per share, before underwriting discounts and commissions. We sold 5,366,667 of such shares and 
existing shareholders sold an aggregate of 2,735,083 of such shares.  The offer and sale of all of the shares in the IPO 
were registered under the Securities Act pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-193661), which 
was declared effective by the SEC on March 18, 2014. 

With the proceeds of the IPO, we repaid amounts outstanding under a note issued by us to Commerce Bank & 
Trust Company on March 9, 2011, which totaled $1.1 million, paid $9.4 million for the purchase of substantially all of 
the assets of BFKMS Inc., and paid $9.5 million for the purchase of substantially all of the assets of Synergy 
Payroll LLC. 

Use of Proceeds from Follow-On Offering of Common Stock 

On December 17, 2014, we completed a follow-on offering of 4,960,000 shares of common stock at a price of 

$26.25 per share, before underwriting discounts and commissions. We sold 750,000 of such shares and existing 
shareholders sold an aggregate of 4,210,000 of such shares.  The offer and sale of all of the shares in the follow-on 
offering were registered under the Securities Act pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-200448) 
which was declared effective by the SEC on December 11, 2014. There have been no material changes in the planned 
use of proceeds from the follow-on offering as described in the final prospectus filed with the SEC pursuant to 
Rule 424(b) on December 12, 2014. 

Use of Proceeds from Secondary Offering of Common Stock 

On September 30, 2015, we completed a secondary offering of 4,301,000 shares of common stock at a price of 

$29.75 per share, before underwriting discounts and commissions. The offer and sale of all of the shares in the secondary 
offering were registered under the Securities Act pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-3 (File No. 333-206941) 
which was declared effective by the SEC on September 25, 2015. The Company did not receive any proceeds from the 
sale of common stock, as all the shares were sold by shareholders of the Company. 

Dividend Policy 

We have not declared or paid dividends on our common stock since our IPO. Neither Delaware law nor our 
amended and restated certificate of incorporation requires our board of directors to declare dividends on our common 
stock. Any future determination to declare cash dividends on our common stock will be made at the discretion of our 
board of directors and will depend on our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, general 
business conditions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. We do not anticipate paying cash 
dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. 

31 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity Compensation Plan Information 

Information regarding the securities authorized for issuance under our equity compensation plans will be 

included in our Proxy Statement relating to our 2022 annual meeting of stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 
120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended June 30, 2021 and is incorporated herein by reference. 

Performance Graph 

Notwithstanding any statement to the contrary in any of our filings with the SEC, the following information 

shall not be deemed “filed” with the SEC or “soliciting material” under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and shall 
not be incorporated by reference into any such filings irrespective of any general incorporation language contained in 
such filing. 

The following graph compares the total cumulative stockholder return on our common stock with the total 

cumulative return of the S&P 500 Index and the S&P 1500 Application Software Index during the period commencing 
on June 30, 2016 and ending on June 30, 2021. The graph assumes that $100 was invested at the beginning of the period 
in our common stock and in each of the comparative indices, and the reinvestment of any dividends. Historical stock 
price performance should not be relied upon as an indication of future stock price performance. 

Comparison of Cumulative Total Return

$450.00

$400.00

$350.00

$300.00

$250.00

$200.00

$150.00

$100.00

$50.00

$0.00

6/30/2016

6/30/2017

6/30/2018

6/30/2019

6/30/2020

6/30/2021

PCTY

S&P 500 Index

S&P 1500 Application Software Index

Item 6. [Reserved] 

32 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations. 

The statements included herein that are not based solely on historical facts are “forward looking statements.” Such 
forward-looking statements are based on current expectations and assumptions that are subject to risks and 
uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated by us in these forward-looking statements 
as a result of various factors, including those discussed below and under Part I, Item 1A. “Risk Factors.” 

The following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations covers fiscal 2021 and 2020 items and 
year-over-year comparisons between fiscal 2021 and 2020. Discussion of fiscal 2019 items and year-over-year 
comparisons between fiscal 2020 and 2019 that are not included in this Form 10-K can be found in “Management’s 
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Part II, Item 7 of our Annual Report on 
Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020 that was filed with the SEC on August 7, 2020.  

Overview 

We are a cloud-based provider of payroll and human capital management (“HCM”) software solutions. Our 

comprehensive product suite delivers a unified platform to create a modern workplace for our clients through 
automation, data-driven insights and engagement. Our product suite enables professionals to make strategic decisions in 
the areas of payroll, human capital management, workforce management, talent management, benefits, modern 
workforce solutions and analytics & insights, all while promoting a modern workplace and improving employee 
engagement.  

Effective management of human capital is a core function in all organizations and requires a significant 

commitment of resources. We believe payroll is the most critical system of record for organizations and an essential 
gateway to other HCM functionalities. We designed our cloud-based platform to provide a unified suite of modules 
using a multi-tenant architecture. Our solutions are highly flexible and configurable and feature a modern, intuitive user 
experience. Our platform offers automated data integration with over 400 related third-party systems, such as 401(k), 
benefits and insurance provider systems. We have invested in, and we intend to continue to invest in, research and 
development to expand our product offerings and advance our platform. 

We believe there is a significant opportunity to grow our business by increasing our number of clients and we 
intend to invest in our business to achieve this purpose. We market and sell our solutions through our direct sales force. 
We have increased our sales and marketing expenses as we have added sales representatives and related sales and 
marketing personnel. We intend to continue to grow our sales and marketing organization across new and existing 
geographic territories. In addition to growing our number of clients, we intend to grow our revenue over the long term by 
increasing the number and quality of products that clients purchase from us. To do so, we must continue to enhance and 
grow the number of solutions we offer to advance our platform. 

We also believe that delivering a positive service experience is an essential element of our ability to sell our 

solutions and retain our clients. We seek to develop deep relationships with our clients through our unified service 
model, which has been designed to meet the service needs of mid-market organizations. We expect to continue to invest 
in and grow our implementation and client service organization as our client base grows. 

In order to continue to grow our business over the long term, we will continue to invest, across our entire 
organization. These investments include increasing the number of personnel across all functional areas, along with 
improving our solutions and infrastructure to support our growth. The timing and amount of these investments vary 
based on the rate at which we add new clients, add new personnel and scale our application development and other 
activities. Many of these investments will occur in advance of experiencing any direct benefit from them, which will 
make it difficult to determine if we are effectively allocating our resources. We expect these investments to increase our 
costs on an absolute basis, but as we grow our number of clients and our related revenues, we anticipate that we will gain 
economies of scale and increased operating leverage. As a result, we expect our gross and operating margins will 
improve over the long term. 

Paylocity Holding Corporation is a Delaware corporation, which was formed in November 2013. Our business 

operations are conducted by our wholly owned subsidiaries. 

33 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
COVID-19 Impact 

In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared the outbreak of the novel coronavirus disease 
(“COVID-19”) as a pandemic which has caused a global slowdown of economic activity. The duration and severity of 
the COVID-19 pandemic, and the long-term effects the pandemic will have on our clients and general economic 
conditions, remain uncertain and difficult to predict. Many of our prospective and existing clients’ businesses have been 
impacted by stay-at-home, business closure and other restrictive orders, which has resulted in reduced employee 
headcount, temporary and permanent business closures, and/or delayed sales/starts. Our business and financial 
performance may continue to be unfavorably impacted in future periods by a reduction in client employee counts, 
reduction in business confidence and activity, a decrease in payroll and HCM solutions spending by organizations, the 
pace of the macro-economic recovery or a continued low interest rate environment, among other factors. Refer to 
“Item 1A. Risk Factors” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for risks related to the COVID-19 pandemic to our 
business and financial performance.  

Key Metrics 

We regularly review a number of metrics, including the following key metrics, to evaluate our business, 

measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate financial projections and make strategic 
decisions. 

Revenue Growth 

Our recurring revenue model and high annual revenue retention rates provide significant visibility into our 
future operating results and cash flow from operations. This visibility enables us to better manage and invest in our 
business. Total revenues increased from $467.6 million in fiscal 2019 to $561.3 million in fiscal 2020, representing a 
20% year-over-year increase. Total revenues increased from $561.3 million in fiscal 2020 to $635.6 million in fiscal 
2021, representing a 13% year-over-year increase. During fiscal 2021, total revenue growth was impacted by the 
ongoing effects from the COVID-19 pandemic. Our revenue growth in future periods may continue to be impacted by a 
reduction in client employee counts, potential increases in client losses, a continued low interest rate environment and 
the pace of the macro-economic recovery, among other factors. 

Client Count Growth 

We believe there is a significant opportunity to grow our business by increasing our number of clients. 

Excluding clients acquired through acquisitions, we have increased the number of clients using our payroll and HCM 
software solutions from approximately 20,200 as of June 30, 2019 to approximately 28,750 as of June 30, 2021, 
representing a compound annual growth rate of approximately 19%. The table below sets forth the total number of 
clients using our payroll and HCM software solutions for the periods indicated, rounded to the nearest fifty. 

Client Count . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    

Year Ended June 30,  
2020 
 24,450    

2019 
 20,200    

2021 
 28,750 

The rate at which we add clients is highly variable period-to-period and highly seasonal as many clients switch 

solutions during the first calendar quarter of each year. Although many clients have multiple divisions, segments or 
locations, we only count such clients once for these purposes. 

Annual Revenue Retention Rate 

Our annual revenue retention rate has been in excess of 92% during each of the past three fiscal years. We 

calculate our annual revenue retention rate as our total revenue for the preceding 12 months, less the annualized value of 
revenue lost during the preceding 12 months, divided by our total revenue for the preceding 12 months. We calculate the 
annualized value of revenue lost by summing the recurring fees paid by lost clients over the previous twelve months 

34 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
prior to their termination if they have been a client for a minimum of twelve months. For those lost clients who became 
clients within the last twelve months, we sum the recurring fees for the period that they have been a client and then 
annualize the amount. We exclude interest income on funds held for clients from the revenue retention calculation. We 
believe that our annual revenue retention rate is an important metric to measure overall client satisfaction and the general 
quality of our product and service offerings. 

Adjusted Gross Profit and Adjusted EBITDA 

We use Adjusted Gross Profit and Adjusted EBITDA to evaluate our operating results. We prepare Adjusted 

Gross Profit and Adjusted EBITDA to eliminate the impact of items we do not consider indicative of our ongoing 
operating performance. However, Adjusted Gross Profit and Adjusted EBITDA are not measurements of financial 
performance under generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or GAAP, and these metrics may not 
be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies. 

We define Adjusted Gross Profit as gross profit before amortization of capitalized internal-use software costs 
and stock-based compensation expense and employer payroll taxes related to stock releases and option exercises. We 
define Adjusted EBITDA as net income before interest expense, income tax expense (benefit), depreciation and 
amortization expense, stock-based compensation expense and employer payroll taxes related to stock releases and option 
exercises, and other items as defined below. 

We disclose Adjusted Gross Profit and Adjusted EBITDA, which are non-GAAP measures, because we believe 

these metrics assist investors and analysts in comparing our performance across reporting periods on a consistent basis 
by excluding items that we do not believe are indicative of our core operating performance. We believe these metrics are 
commonly used in the financial community to aid in comparisons of similar companies, and we present them to enhance 
investors’ understanding of our operating performance and cash flows. 

Adjusted Gross Profit and Adjusted EBITDA have limitations as analytical tools. Some of these limitations 

include the following: 

•  Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect our ongoing or future requirements for capital expenditures; 

•  Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs; 

•  Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect our income tax expense or the cash requirement to pay our taxes; 

•  Although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and 

amortized may have to be replaced in the future, and Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect any cash 
requirements for such replacements; and 

•  Other companies in our industry may calculate Adjusted Gross Profit and Adjusted EBITDA 

differently than we do, limiting their usefulness as a comparative measure. 

Additionally, stock-based compensation will continue to be an element of our overall compensation strategy, 
although we exclude it from Adjusted Gross Profit and Adjusted EBITDA as an expense when evaluating our ongoing 
operating performance for a particular period. 

Because of these limitations, you should not consider Adjusted Gross Profit as an alternative to gross profit or 

Adjusted EBITDA as an alternative to net income or net cash provided by operating activities, in each case as 
determined in accordance with GAAP. We compensate for these limitations by relying primarily on our GAAP results, 
and we use Adjusted Gross Profit and Adjusted EBITDA only as supplemental information. 

35 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directly comparable GAAP measures to Adjusted Gross Profit and Adjusted EBITDA are gross profit and net income, 
respectively. We reconcile Adjusted Gross Profit and Adjusted EBITDA as follows: 

Adjusted Gross Profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $ 336,247    $ 404,797    $ 447,904 
Adjusted EBITDA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $ 134,047    $ 159,775    $ 170,028 

2019 

Year Ended June 30,  
2020 
(in thousands) 

2021 

2019 

Year Ended June 30,  
2020 
(in thousands) 

2021 

Reconciliation from Gross Profit to Adjusted Gross Profit 
Gross profit  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $ 313,782    $ 379,319    $ 416,329 
 23,227 
Amortization of capitalized internal-use software costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       
Stock-based compensation expense and employer payroll taxes related to stock 

 16,921   

 19,261   

releases and option exercises . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       
 8,348 
Adjusted Gross Profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $ 336,247    $ 404,797    $ 447,904 

 5,544   

 6,217   

Reconciliation from Net Income to Adjusted EBITDA 
Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $  53,823    $  64,455    $  70,819 
 1,002 
Interest expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       
    (13,715)
Income tax expense (benefit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       
Depreciation and amortization expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       
 42,972 
   101,078 
EBITDA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       

 695   
 2,663   
 37,913   
   105,726   

 —   
 4,223   
 34,564   
 92,610   

Stock-based compensation expense and employer payroll taxes related to stock 

2019 

Year Ended June 30,  
2020 
(in thousands) 

2021 

releases and option exercises . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
Other items*  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      

 67,059 
 1,891 
Adjusted EBITDA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $ 134,047    $ 159,775    $ 170,028 

 41,014   
 423   

 50,364   
 3,685   

* Represents nonrecurring costs including lease exit and acquisition-related costs of $0.4 million, $1.6 million and $1.9 
million incurred during the years ended June 30, 2019, 2020 and 2021, respectively, and the settlement of a certain legal 
matter and related litigation costs of $2.1 million during the year ended June 30, 2020.  

Basis of Presentation 

Revenues 

Recurring and Other Revenue 

Beginning in fiscal 2020, we simplified the presentation of revenue. Recurring fees and Implementation 
services and other have been combined into one revenue line: Recurring and other revenue. We changed the presentation 
of revenue as Implementation services and other has become a smaller component of our overall revenue mix as our 
HCM suite has become a larger part of the portfolio. Previously reported results for the year ended June 30, 2019 have 
been reclassified to conform to the current presentation. 

We derive the majority of our revenues from recurring fees attributable to our cloud-based payroll and HCM 

software solutions. Recurring fees for each client generally include a base fee in addition to a fee based on the number of 
client employees and the number of products a client uses. We also charge fees attributable to our preparation of W-2 
documents and annual required filings on behalf of our clients. We charge implementation fees for professional services 
provided to implement our payroll and HCM solutions. Implementations of our payroll solutions typically require only 
one to eight weeks, depending on the size and complexity of each client, at which point the new client’s payroll is first 

36 

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
     
     
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
     
     
 
 
   
      
      
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
     
     
 
 
   
      
      
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
processed using our solution. We implement additional HCM products as requested by clients and leverage the data 
within our payroll solution to accelerate our implementation processes. Our average client size has continued to be over 
100 employees.  

While the majority of our agreements with clients are generally cancellable by the client on 60 days’ notice or 

less, we also have entered into term agreements, which are generally two years in length. Our agreements do not include 
general rights of return and do not provide clients with the right to take possession of the software supporting the 
services being provided. We recognize recurring fees in the period in which services are provided and the related 
performance obligations have been satisfied. We defer implementation fees related to our proprietary products over a 
period generally up to 24 months. Recurring and other revenue accounted for approximately 96%, 97% and 99% of our 
total revenues during the years ended June 30, 2019, 2020 and 2021, respectively. 

Interest Income on Funds Held for Clients 

We earn interest income on funds held for clients. We collect funds for employee payroll payments and related 

taxes in advance of remittance to employees and taxing authorities. Prior to remittance to employees and taxing 
authorities, we earn interest on these funds through demand deposit accounts with financial institutions with which we 
have automated clearing house, or ACH, arrangements. We also earn interest by investing a portion of funds held for 
clients in highly liquid, investment-grade marketable securities. 

Cost of Revenues 

To correspond with the simplification of the presentation of revenue discussed above, we also simplified the 

presentation of cost of revenue beginning in fiscal 2020. As a result, Cost of revenues - recurring revenues and Cost of 
revenues - implementation services and other have been combined into one line: Cost of revenues. Cost of revenues 
includes costs to provide our payroll and other HCM solutions which primarily consists of employee-related expenses, 
including wages, stock-based compensation, bonuses and benefits, relating to the provision of ongoing client support and 
implementation activities, payroll tax filing, distribution of printed checks and other materials as well as delivery costs, 
computing costs, and bank fees associated with client fund transfers. Costs related to recurring support are generally 
expensed as incurred. Implementation costs related to our proprietary products are capitalized and amortized over a 
period of 7 years. Our cost of revenues is expected to increase in absolute dollars for the foreseeable future as we 
increase our client base. However, we expect to realize cost efficiencies over the long term as our business scales, 
resulting in improved operating leverage and increased margins. 

We also capitalize a portion of our internal-use software costs, which are then all amortized as Cost of revenues. 

We amortized $16.9 million, $19.3 million and $23.2 million of capitalized internal-use software costs in fiscal 2019, 
2020 and 2021, respectively. 

Operating Expenses 

Sales and Marketing 

Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of employee-related expenses for our direct sales and marketing 
staff, including wages, commissions, stock-based compensation, bonuses, benefits, marketing expenses and other related 
costs. Our sales personnel earn commissions and bonuses for attainment of certain performance criteria based upon new 
sales throughout the fiscal year. We capitalize certain selling and commission costs related to new contracts or purchases 
of additional services by our existing clients and amortize them over a period of 7 years.  

We will seek to grow our number of clients for the foreseeable future and therefore our sales and marketing 

expense is expected to continue to increase in absolute dollars as we grow our sales organization and expand our 
marketing activities. 

37 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Research and Development 

Research and development expenses consist primarily of employee-related expenses for our research and 

development and product management staff, including wages, stock-based compensation, bonuses and benefits. 
Additional expenses include costs related to the development, maintenance, quality assurance and testing of new 
technologies and ongoing refinement of our existing solutions. Research and development expenses, other than internal-
use software costs qualifying for capitalization, are expensed as incurred. 

We capitalize a portion of our development costs related to internal-use software. The timing of our capitalized 

development projects may affect the amount of development costs expensed in any given period. The table below sets 
forth the amounts of capitalized and expensed research and development expenses for each of fiscal 2019, 2020 and 
2021. 

2019 

Year Ended June 30,  
2020 
(in thousands) 

2021 

Capitalized portion of research and development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $  23,313    $  28,187    $   31,744 
Expensed portion of research and development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
 76,707 
Total research and development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $  73,642    $  90,953    $  108,451 

   50,329   

   62,766   

We expect to grow our research and development efforts as we continue to broaden our product offerings and 
extend our technological leadership by investing in the development of new technologies and introducing them to new 
and existing clients. We expect research and development expenses to continue to increase in absolute dollars but to vary 
as a percentage of total revenue on a period-to-period basis. 

General and Administrative 

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of employee-related costs, including wages, stock-based 

compensation, bonuses and benefits for our finance and accounting, legal, information systems, human resources and 
other administrative departments. Additional expenses include consulting and professional fees, occupancy costs, 
insurance and other corporate expenses. We expect our general and administrative expenses to continue to increase in 
absolute dollars as our company continues to grow. 

Other Income (Expense) 

Other income (expense) generally consists of interest income related to interest earned on our cash and cash 

equivalents and corporate investments, net of losses on disposals of property and equipment and interest expense related 
to our revolving credit facility. 

38 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Results of Operations 

The following table sets forth our statements of operations data for each of the periods indicated. 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data: 
Revenues: 

2019 

Year Ended June 30,  
2020 
(in thousands) 

2021 

Recurring and other revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $ 447,752    $ 546,212    $ 631,725 
Interest income on funds held for clients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
 3,902 
   635,627 
Total revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
   219,298 
Cost of revenues  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Gross profit  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
   416,329 
Operating expenses: 

    19,881   
   467,633   
   153,851   
   313,782   

    15,117   
   561,329   
   182,010   
   379,319   

   161,808 
Sales and marketing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
    76,707 
Research and development  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
   119,771 
General and administrative  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
   358,286 
Total operating expenses  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
    58,043 
Operating income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
 (939)
Other income (expense)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
    57,104 
Income before income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
    (13,715)
Income tax expense (benefit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $  53,823    $  64,455    $  70,819 

   112,599   
    50,329   
    94,630   
   257,558   
 56,224   
 1,822   
    58,046   
 4,223   

   145,134   
    62,766   
   105,248   
   313,148   
    66,171   
 947   
    67,118   
 2,663   

The following table sets forth our statements of operations data as a percentage of total revenue for each of the 

periods indicated. 

      2019 

Year Ended June 30, 
2020 

2021 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data: 
Revenues: 

Recurring and other revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Interest income on funds held for clients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Total revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Cost of revenues  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Gross profit  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Operating expenses: 

Sales and marketing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Research and development  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
General and administrative  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Total operating expenses  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Operating income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Other income (expense)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Income before income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Income tax expense (benefit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    

 96  %    
 4  %    
 100  %    
 33  %    
 67  %    

 97  %    
 3  %    
 100  %    
 32  %    
 68  %    

 99  %
 1  %
 100  %
 35  %
 65  %

 24  %    
 11  %    
 20  %    
 55  %    
 12  %    
0  %    
 12  %    
0  %    
 12  %    

 26  %    
 11  %    
 19  %    
 56  %    
 12  %    
0  %    
 12  %    
1  %    
 11  %    

 25  %
 12  %
 19  %
 56  %
 9  %
0  %
 9  %
(2)%
 11  %

39 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
     
 
 
    
       
      
  
    
       
      
  
  
 
  
    
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
    
 
     
 
   
  
    
 
     
 
   
  
    
 
     
 
   
 
Comparison of Fiscal Years Ended June 30, 2019, 2020 and 2021 

Revenues 
($ in thousands) 

Recurring and other revenue . . . .     $  447,752   

2019 

Year Ended June 30,  
2020 
$  546,212   

Change from 
2019 to 2020 

Change from 
2020 to 2021 

$ 

      % 

2021 
$  631,725   

$ 
$  98,460 

      % 

22  %   $   85,513 

16  % 

Percentage of total revenues  .       

 96  %     

 97  %     

 99  %     

Interest income on funds held 

for clients  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $   19,881   
Percentage of total revenues  .       

 4  %     

$   15,117   

$ 
 3  %     

 3,902   

$   (4,764)

 (24)%   $  (11,215)

 (74) % 

 1  %     

Recurring and Other Revenue 

Recurring and other revenue for the year ended June 30, 2021 increased by $85.5 million, or 16%, to 
$631.7 million from $546.2 million for the year ended June 30, 2020. Recurring and other revenue increased primarily 
as a result of incremental revenues from new and existing clients, partially offset by a reduction in client employees on 
our platform due to the ongoing impact from COVID-19. Excluding clients acquired through acquisitions, the number of 
clients using our payroll and HCM software solutions at June 30, 2021 increased by 18% to approximately 28,750 from 
approximately 24,450 at June 30, 2020. 

Interest Income on Funds Held for Clients 

Interest income on funds held for clients for the year ended June 30, 2021 decreased by $11.2 million, or 74%, 
to $3.9 million from $15.1 million for the year ended June 30, 2020. Interest income on funds held for clients decreased 
primarily as a result of lower average interest rates due to the interest rate cuts by the Federal Reserve in response to the 
COVID-19 pandemic. The impact from the reduction in interest rates was partially offset by higher average daily 
balances for funds held due to the addition of new clients to our client base. 

Cost of Revenues 
($ in thousands) 

2019 

Cost of revenues  . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $  153,851   

Year Ended June 30,  
2020 
$  182,010   

Change from 
2019 to 2020 

Change from 
2020 to 2021 

$ 

      % 

2021 
$  219,298   

$ 
$  28,159   

      % 

 18  %   $   37,288   

 20  % 

Percentage of total revenues  .       
Gross margin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       

 33  %     
 67  %     

 32  %     
 68  %     

 35  %     
 65  %     

Cost of revenues for the year ended June 30, 2021 increased by $37.3 million, or 20%, to $219.3 million from 

$182.0 million for the year ended June 30, 2020. Cost of revenues increased primarily as a result of the continued growth 
of our business, in particular, $25.9 million in additional employee-related costs resulting from additional personnel 
necessary to provide services to new and existing clients, $5.4 million in delivery and other processing-related fees, $4.0 
million in increased internal-use software amortization and $2.0 million of additional stock-based compensation 
associated with our equity plan. Gross margin decreased from 68% in fiscal 2020 to 65% in fiscal 2021, primarily due to 
COVID-19 related headwinds and a near zero interest rate environment. 

40 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
     
  
  
   
  
  
    
  
   
  
  
    
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
     
     
     
     
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
 
 
 
Operating Expenses 
($ in thousands) 

Sales and Marketing 

2019 

Sales and marketing  . . . . . . . . . .     $  112,599   
Percentage of total revenues . . . .       

 24  %     

 26  %     

 25  %     

Year Ended June 30,  
2020 
$  145,134   

Change from 
2019 to 2020 

Change from 
2020 to 2021 

$ 

      % 

2021 
$  161,808   

$ 
$  32,535   

      % 

 29  %   $   16,674   

 11  % 

Sales and marketing expenses for the year ended June 30, 2021 increased by $16.7 million, or 11%, to 
$161.8 million from $145.1 million for the year ended June 30, 2020. The increase in sales and marketing expense was 
primarily the result of additional employee-related costs, including those incurred to expand our sales team, partially 
offset by reduced overall spending on travel and entertainment. 

Research and Development 

2019 

Research and development . . . . .     $   50,329   
Percentage of total revenues . . . .       

 11  %     

 11  %     

 12  %     

Year Ended June 30,  
2020 
$   62,766   

Change from 
2019 to 2020 

Change from 
2020 to 2021 

$ 

      % 

2021 
$   76,707   

$ 
$  12,437   

      % 

 25  %   $   13,941   

 22  % 

Research and development expenses for the year ended June 30, 2021 increased by $13.9 million, or 22%, to 

$76.7 million from $62.8 million for the year ended June 30, 2020. The increase in research and development expenses 
was primarily the result of $13.0 million of additional employee-related costs related to additional development 
personnel and $3.0 million of additional stock-based compensation associated with our equity incentive plan, partially 
offset by higher year-over-year capitalized internal-use software costs of $2.9 million.  

General and Administrative 

2019 

General and administrative . . . . . .    $   94,630   
Percentage of total revenues . . . . .      

 20  %     

 19  %     

 19  %     

Year Ended June 30,  
2020 
$  105,248   

Change from 
2019 to 2020 

Change from 
2020 to 2021 

$ 

      % 

2021 
$  119,771   

$ 
$  10,618   

      % 

 11  %   $   14,523   

 14  % 

General and administrative expenses for the year ended June 30, 2021 increased by $14.5 million, or 14%, to 

$119.8 million from $105.2 million for the year ended June 30, 2020. The increase in general and administrative expense 
was primarily the result of $8.8 in additional stock-based compensation associated with our equity incentive plan, $3.6 
million of additional employee-related costs, $1.3 million in additional amortization of acquired intangible assets and 
$1.2 million of increased occupancy costs. Stock-based compensation expense for the year ended June 30, 2021 was 
higher than the year ended June 30, 2020 due to the impact of COVID-19 on performance targets starting from the third 
quarter of fiscal 2020 and the modification of certain performance awards during the first quarter of fiscal 2021. See 
Note 15 of the Notes to Consolidated financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8: “Financial Statements and 
Supplementary Data” of this annual Report on Form 10-K for further details.  

41 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
     
     
     
     
  
   
   
  
   
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
     
     
     
     
  
   
   
  
   
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
     
     
     
     
  
   
   
  
   
   
 
 
 
Other Income (Expense) 

Other income (expense)  . . . . . . . .    $ 
Percentage of total revenues . . . . .      

Year Ended June 30,  
2020 

2021 

2019 
 1,822   

$ 
0  %     

 947   

$ 
0  %     

 (939) 

$ 
0  %     

Change from 
2019 to 2020 

Change from 
2020 to 2021 

$ 
 (875) 

      %       

$ 
 (48)%   $   (1,886)  (199)% 

      % 

Other income (expense) for the year ended June 30, 2021 decreased by $1.9 million as compared to the year 
ended June 30, 2020. The change in other income (expense) was primarily due to lower interest income earned on our 
cash and cash equivalents and corporate investments and increased interest expense related to our revolving credit 
facility.  

Income Tax Expense (Benefit) 

2019 
 4,223   

Year Ended June 30,  
2020 
 2,663   

2021 
$   (13,715) 

$ 
0  %     

1  %     

(2)%     

Change from 
2019 to 2020 
$ 
$   (1,560)  

      % 

Change from 
2020 to 2021 

$ 

      % 

 (37)%  $  (16,378) 

*   

Income tax expense (benefit) . . .    $ 
Percentage of total revenues . . . .      

*  Not Meaningful 

The difference in income tax expense (benefit) for the year ended June 30, 2021 as compared to the year ended 

June 30, 2020 was primarily due to increased deductions related to stock-based compensation and research and 
development credits, partially offset by an increase to the valuation allowance. 

See Note 13 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8: “Financial 

Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further details on the components of 
income tax and a reconciliation of the U.S. federal statutory rate to the effective tax rate. 

Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Judgments and Estimates 

In preparing our financial statements and accounting for the underlying transactions and balances in accordance 

with GAAP, we apply various accounting policies that require our management to make estimates, judgments and 
assumptions that affect the amounts reported in our financial statements. We consider the policies discussed below 
critical to understanding our financial statements, as their application places the most significant demands on 
management’s judgment. Management bases its estimates, judgments and assumptions on historical experience, current 
economic and industry conditions and on various other factors deemed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the 
results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not 
readily apparent from other sources. Because the use of estimates is an integral part of the financial reporting process, 
actual results could differ, and such differences could be material. 

Revenue Recognition 

We apply Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers 

(“Topic 606”), whereby we recognize revenue when we transfer control of goods or services to our customers in an 
amount that reflects the consideration to which we expect to be entitled to for those goods or services.  

We derive our revenue from contracts with clients predominantly from recurring and non-recurring service fees. 
Recurring fees are derived from payroll and HR related services including time and attendance, employee administration 
and benefits enrollment and administration services. Payroll services are delivered on a weekly, biweekly, semi-monthly, 
or monthly basis depending upon the payroll frequency of the client and on an annual basis if a client selects W-2 
preparation and processing services. HR related services are typically delivered on a monthly basis.  

42 

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
     
     
     
  
   
   
  
   
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
     
     
     
     
  
 
 
    
   
  
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The majority of our recurring fees are satisfied over time as services are provided. The performance obligations 
related to payroll services are satisfied upon the processing of a client’s payroll with the fee charged and collected based 
on a per employee per payroll frequency fee. The performance obligations related to time and attendance services and 
HR related services are satisfied over time each month with the fee charged and collected based on a per employee per 
month fee. For subscription-based fees which can include payroll, time and attendance and HR related services, we 
recognize the applicable recurring fees over time each month with the fee charged and collected based on a per employee 
per month fee. We believe that the total fees charged to our clients is indicative of the standalone selling price as these 
fees are within the range of prices typically charged for our services to our clients. Even though our subscription-based 
services include multiple performance obligations, we do not believe it is meaningful to determine the standalone selling 
price for each service separately since these services are delivered and related revenue recognized within the same 
period.  

We have certain optional performance obligations that are satisfied at a point in time including the sales of time 

clocks and W-2 preparation services.  

Non-recurring service fees consist mainly of nonrefundable implementation fees, which involve setting up the 

client in, and loading data into, our cloud-based modules. These implementation activities are considered set-up 
activities. We have determined that the nonrefundable upfront fees provide certain clients with a material right to renew 
the contract. Implementation fees are deferred and amortized generally over a period up to 24 months.  

Capitalized Internal-Use Software Costs 

We apply ASC 350-40, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other—Internal-Use Software, to the accounting for costs 

of internal-use software. Software development costs are capitalized when module development begins, it is probable 
that the project will be completed, and the software will be used as intended. Costs associated with preliminary project 
stage activities, training, maintenance and all other post implementation stage activities are expensed as incurred. We 
also capitalize certain costs related to specific upgrades and enhancements when it is probable the expenditures will 
result in significant additional functionality. The capitalization policy provides for the capitalization of certain payroll 
costs for employees who are directly associated with developing internal-use software as well as certain external direct 
costs. Capitalized employee costs are limited to the time directly spent on such projects. 

Internal-use software is amortized on a straight-line basis, generally over a 24 or 36-month period. We evaluate 

the useful lives of these assets on an annual basis and test for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances 
occur that could impact the recoverability of these assets. There was no impairment to capitalized internal-use software 
during the years ended June 30, 2019, 2020 or 2021. We capitalized $23.3 million, $28.2 million, and $31.7 million of 
internal-use software costs for the years ended June 30, 2019, 2020 and 2021, respectively, including stock-based 
compensation costs of $2.8 million, $2.4 million and $2.6 million for the years ended June 30, 2019, 2020 and 2021, 
respectively. We amortized $16.9 million, $19.3 million, and $23.2 million of capitalized internal-use software costs for 
the years ended June 30, 2019, 2020 and 2021, respectively. In fiscal 2019, fiscal 2020 and fiscal 2021, we developed 
significant additional functionality in several of our modules. This development resulted in an increase in capitalized 
internal-use software costs in fiscal 2021 as compared to fiscal 2020 and in fiscal 2020 as compared to fiscal 2019. 

Goodwill and Intangible Assets 

Goodwill is an asset representing the future economic benefits arising from other assets acquired in a business 

combination that are not individually identified and separately recognized. Goodwill is not amortized, but instead is 
tested for impairment at the reporting unit level. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, we 
would record an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value. 
We perform our annual impairment review of goodwill in our fiscal fourth quarter or when a triggering event occurs 
between annual impairment tests. No impairment was recorded in fiscal 2019, 2020 or 2021 as a result of our qualitative 
assessments over our single reporting segment. 

Intangible assets are primarily comprised of acquired client relationships, proprietary technology, trade name 
and non-solicitation agreements and are reported net of accumulated amortization on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. 

43 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Client relationships use the straight-line method of amortization over a five to nine-year time frame from the date of 
acquisition, while proprietary technology and trade names use the straight-line method of amortization over a five-year 
period from the date of acquisition. Non-solicitation agreements use the straight-line method of amortization over the 
term of the related agreements. Amortization expense associated with our intangible assets was $2.3 million, $2.5 
million and $3.8 million during the years ended June 30, 2019, 2020 and 2021, respectively. We test intangible assets for 
potential impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of such assets may not be 
recoverable. There were no such events or changes in circumstances during the years ended June 30, 2019, 2020 or 
2021. 

Income Taxes 

We account for federal income taxes under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are 
recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts 
of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred 
tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which 
those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a 
change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.  

Deferred tax assets may be reduced by a valuation allowance to the extent we determine it is more likely than 
not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The valuation of deferred tax assets requires 
judgment in assessing the likely future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in our financial statements 
or tax returns and future profitability. Our accounting for deferred tax consequences represents the best estimate of those 
future events.  

In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, we consider both positive and negative evidence related to the 
likelihood of realization of the deferred tax assets. The weight given to positive and negative evidence is commensurate 
with the extent to which the evidence may be objectively verified. 

We recognize the effect of income tax positions only if those positions are more likely than not of being 

sustained. Recognized income tax positions are measured at the largest amount that is greater than 50% likely of being 
realized. Changes in recognition or measurement are reflected in the period in which the change in judgment occurs. 

Liquidity and Capital Resources 

Our primary liquidity needs are related to the funding of general business requirements, including working 

capital requirements, research and development, and capital expenditures. As of June 30, 2021, our principal sources of 
liquidity were $202.3 million of cash and cash equivalents and $4.5 million of total corporate investments. In July 2019, 
we entered into and currently maintain a five-year revolving credit agreement. This credit agreement provides for a 
$250.0 million senior revolving credit facility which may be increased up to $375.0 million. In the fourth quarter of 
fiscal 2020, we borrowed $100.0 million under this credit facility, which we repaid in the third quarter of fiscal 2021. 
Refer to Note 11 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8: “Financial Statements 
and Supplementary Data” for additional details on the credit agreement and borrowing activity.  

We invest portions of our excess cash and cash equivalents in highly liquid, investment-grade marketable 

securities. These investments consist of commercial paper, asset-backed debt securities, corporate debt issuances and 
U.S. Treasury securities with credit quality ratings of A-1 or higher. We had no investments in unrealized loss positions 
as of June 30, 2021. 

In order to grow our business, we intend to increase our personnel and related expenses and to make significant 

investments in our platform, data centers and general infrastructure. The timing and amount of these investments will 
vary based on our financial condition, the rate at which we add new clients and new personnel and the scale of our 
module development, data centers and other activities. Many of these investments will occur in advance of our 
experiencing any direct benefit from them, which could negatively impact our liquidity and cash flows during any 
particular period and may make it difficult to determine if we are effectively allocating our resources. However, we 

44 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
expect to fund our operations, capital expenditures and other investments principally with cash flows from operations, 
and to the extent that our liquidity needs exceed our cash from operations, we would look to our cash on hand and 
corporate investments or utilize the borrowing capacity under our credit facility to satisfy those needs.  

Funds held for clients and client fund obligations will vary substantially from period to period as a result of the 

timing of payroll and tax obligations due. Our payroll processing activities involve the movement of significant funds 
from accounts of employers to employees and relevant taxing authorities. Though we debit a client’s account prior to 
any disbursement on its behalf, there is a delay between our payment of amounts due to employees and taxing and other 
regulatory authorities and when the incoming funds from the client to cover these amounts payable actually clear into 
our operating accounts. We currently have agreements with eleven major U.S. banks to execute ACH and wire transfers 
to support our client payroll and tax services. We believe we have sufficient capacity under these ACH arrangements to 
handle all transaction volumes for the foreseeable future. We primarily collect fees for our services via ACH transactions 
at the same time we debit the client’s account for payroll and tax obligations and thus are able to reduce collectability 
and accounts receivable risks. 

We believe our current cash and cash equivalents, corporate investments, future cash flow from operations, and 
access to our credit facility will be sufficient to meet our ongoing working capital, capital expenditure and other liquidity 
requirements for at least the next 12 months, and thereafter, for the foreseeable future.  

Cash Flows 

The following table sets forth data regarding cash flows for the periods indicated: 

Net cash provided by operating activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $ 
Cash flows from investing activities: 

Purchases of available-for-sale securities and other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Proceeds from sales and maturities of available-for-sale securities   . .   
Capitalized internal-use software costs  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Purchases of property and equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
   Lease allowances used for tenant improvements  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Acquisition of business, net of cash acquired . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   

Cash flows from financing activities: 

Net change in client fund obligations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Borrowings under credit facility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Repayment of credit facility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Payment of contingent consideration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Repurchases of common shares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Proceeds from exercise of stock options  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Proceeds from employee stock purchase plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Taxes paid related to net share settlement of equity awards . . . . . . . . .   
Payment of debt issuance costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Net cash provided by financing activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   

2019 
 115,032    $ 

Year Ended June 30,  
2020 
 112,655    $ 

 (250,685) 
 246,243   
 (20,142) 
 (11,280) 
 (7,480) 
 —   
 (43,344) 

 168,855   
 —   
 —   
 (1,000) 
 (34,991) 
 85   
 5,982   
 (24,207) 
 —   
 114,724   

 (400,343) 
 410,593   
 (25,715) 
 (16,578) 
 —   
 (16,714) 
 (48,757) 

 (67,165) 
 100,000   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 8,901   
 (38,943) 
 (701) 
 2,092   

2021 
 124,850 

 — 
 101,467 
 (28,594)
 (9,461)
 — 
 (14,992)
 48,420 

 432,373 
 — 
 (100,000)
 — 
 — 
 146 
 12,214 
 (64,191)
 (64)
 280,478 

Net change in cash, cash equivalents and funds held for clients' cash  

and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $ 

 186,412    $ 

 65,990    $ 

 453,748 

Operating Activities 

Net cash provided by operating activities was $115.0 million, $112.7 million and $124.9 million for the years 

ended June 30, 2019, 2020 and 2021, respectively.  

45 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
 
  
   
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
   
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
The increase in net cash provided by operating activities from fiscal 2020 to fiscal 2021 was primarily due to 

improved operating results after adjusting for non-cash items including stock-based compensation expense, depreciation 
and amortization expense and deferred income tax expense (benefit).   

Investing Activities 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities was $(43.3) million, ($48.8) million and $48.4 million, for 

the years ended June 30, 2019, 2020 and 2021, respectively. The net cash used in investing activities is significantly 
impacted by the timing of purchases and sales and maturities of investments as we invest a portion of our excess cash 
and cash equivalents and funds held for clients in highly liquid, investment-grade marketable securities. The amount of 
funds held for clients invested will vary based on timing of client funds collected and payments due to client employees 
and taxing and other regulatory authorities.  

The increase in net cash provided by (used in) investing activities from fiscal 2020 to fiscal 2021 was primarily 
due to a decrease in purchases of available-for-sale securities and other of $400.3 million during the year ended June 30, 
2021 as compared to the year ended June 30, 2020 and $7.1 million in fewer purchases of purchases of property and 
equipment, partially offset by a decrease in proceeds from sales and maturities of available-for-sale securities of $309.1 
million.  

Financing Activities 

Net cash provided by financing activities was $114.7 million, $2.1 million and $280.5 million for the years 

ended June 30, 2019, 2020 and 2021, respectively. The change in net cash provided by financing activities from fiscal 
2020 to fiscal 2021 was primarily the result of an increase of $499.5 million due to the timing of client funds collected 
and related remittance of those funds to client employees and taxing authorities, partially offset by certain borrowing 
activities and $25.2 million in additional taxes paid related to net share settlement of equity awards during the year 
ended June 30, 2021 as compared to the year ended June 30, 2020. In fiscal 2020, we borrowed $100.0 million under our 
credit facility that we fully repaid in fiscal 2021. We did not borrow any additional amounts during fiscal 2021.  

Contractual Obligations and Commitments 

Our principal commitments consist of operating lease obligations. The following table summarizes our 

contractual obligations at June 30, 2021: 

Payment Due By Fiscal Period 

5 Years 
Operating lease obligations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $   90,008    $  10,192    $  19,392    $  18,459    $  41,965 
 — 
Purchase obligations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
  $  113,587    $  26,080    $  26,296    $  19,246    $  41,965 

   15,888   

 23,579   

 6,904   

 787   

3-5 Years   

1-3 Years   

Total 

     Less than 1       
Year 

     More than 

Capital Expenditures 

We expect to continue to invest in capital spending as we continue to grow our business and expand and 

enhance our operating facilities, data centers and technical infrastructure. Future capital requirements will depend on 
many factors, including our rate of sales growth. In the event that our sales growth or other factors do not meet our 
expectations, we may eliminate or curtail capital projects in order to mitigate the impact on our use of cash. Capital 
expenditures were $11.3 million, $16.6 million and $9.5 million for the years ended June 30, 2019, 2020 and 2021, 
respectively, exclusive of capitalized internal-use software costs of $20.1 million, $25.7 million, and $28.6 million for 
the same periods, respectively. We also spent $7.5 million in fiscal 2019 on capital expenditures for which we received 
reimbursement for tenant improvement allowances. 

46 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
 
      
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements 

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or 
future effect on our financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, 
liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources that may be material to investors. 

New Accounting Pronouncements 

Refer to Note 2 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8: “Financial 

Statements and Supplementary Data” for a discussion of recently issued accounting standards. 

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk. 

We have operations solely in the United States and are exposed to market risks in the ordinary course of our 

business. These risks primarily include interest rate and certain other exposures as well as risks relating to changes in the 
general economic conditions in the United States. We have not used, nor do we intend to use, derivatives to mitigate the 
impact of interest rate or other exposure or for trading or speculative purposes. 

Interest Rate Risk 

As of June 30, 2021, we had cash and cash equivalents of $202.3 million, total corporate investments of $4.5 

million and funds held for clients of $1,759.7 million. We deposit our cash and cash equivalents and significant portions 
of our funds held for clients in demand deposit accounts with various financial institutions. We invest portions of our 
excess cash and cash equivalents and funds held for clients in marketable securities including asset-backed securities and 
corporate debt securities which were classified as available-for-sale securities as of June 30, 2021.  Our investment 
policy is focused on generating higher yields from these investments while preserving liquidity and capital. However, as 
a result of our investing activities, we are exposed to changes in interest rates that may materially affect our financial 
statements.  

In a falling rate environment, a decline in interest rates would decrease our interest income earned on both cash 

and cash equivalents and funds held for clients. An increase in the overall interest rate environment may cause the 
market value of our investments in fixed rate available-for-sale securities to decline. If we are forced to sell some or all 
of these securities at lower market values, we may incur investment losses. However, because we classify all marketable 
securities as available-for-sale, no gains or losses are recognized due to changes in interest rates until such securities are 
sold or decreases in fair value are deemed due to expected credit losses. We have not recorded credit impairment losses 
on our portfolio to date. 

Based upon a sensitivity model that measures market value changes caused by interest rate fluctuations, an 

immediate 100-basis point change in interest rates would have had an immaterial effect on the market value of our 
available-for-sale securities as of June 30, 2021. Fluctuations in the value of our available-for-sale securities caused by 
changes in interest rates are recorded in other comprehensive income and are only realized if we sell the underlying 
securities. 

Additionally, as described in Note 11 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, 
Item 8: “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data”, we entered into a credit agreement that provides for a revolving 
credit facility (“credit facility”) in the aggregate amount of $250.0 million, which may be increased up to $375.0 million. 
Borrowings under the credit facility generally bear interest at a rate based upon the London Interbank Offered Rate 
(“LIBOR”) (or a replacement rate for LIBOR) or, at our sole option, an adjusted base rate plus an applicable margin 
based on our then-applicable net senior secured leverage ratio. As of June 30, 2021, there were no amounts drawn on the 
credit facility as we had repaid $100.0 million in borrowings previously outstanding. To the extent that we draw 
additional amounts under the credit facility, we may be exposed to increased market risk from changes in the underlying 
index rates, which affects our interest expense. 

47 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Inflation Risk 

We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of 

operations. Nonetheless, if our costs were to become subject to significant inflationary pressures, we may not be able to 
fully offset such higher costs through price increases. Our inability or failure to do so could harm our business, financial 
condition and results of operations. 

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data. 

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the consolidated financial statements and 

accompanying notes set forth on pages F-1 through F-28 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure. 

None. 

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures. 

Disclosure Controls and Procedures 

The term “disclosure controls and procedures,” as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the 
Exchange Act refers to controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by a 
company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, 
within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without 
limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that such information is accumulated and communicated to a 
company’s management, including its principal executive and principal financial officers, as appropriate to allow timely 
decisions regarding required disclosure. 

Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has 

evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of June 30, 2021, the end of the period covered 
by this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Based upon such evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial 
Officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of such date. 

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting and Attestation Report of the Registered Public 
Accounting Firm 

Our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, is responsible for 
establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 
15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act). Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable 
assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes 
in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Our internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that: 
(i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and 
dispositions of our assets; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit 
preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, and that our receipts and expenditures are being 
made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance 
regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of our assets that could have a 
material effect on the financial statements. 

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and 

Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting 
as of June 30, 2021, based on the framework in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of 
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) (2013 framework). Based on this evaluation under the 
Internal Control—Integrated Framework our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that 
our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of June 30, 2021. 

48 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our independent registered public accounting firm, which has audited our financial statements, has also audited 

the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2021, as stated in their report, which is 
included in Item 15(a)(1) of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the fiscal quarter ended 

June 30, 2021, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over 
financial reporting. 

Limitations on Controls 

Our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting are designed to provide 

reasonable assurance of achieving their objectives as specified above. Management does not expect, however, that our 
disclosure controls and procedures or our internal control over financial reporting will prevent or detect all error and 
fraud. Any control system, no matter how well designed and operated, is based upon certain assumptions and can 
provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that its objectives will be met. Further, no evaluation of controls can 
provide absolute assurance that misstatements due to error or fraud will not occur or that all control issues and instances 
of fraud, if any, within the Company have been detected. 

Item 9B. Other Information. 

None. 

49 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 10.  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 

PART III 

Information required by Part III, Item 10, will be included in our Proxy Statement relating to our 2022 annual 
meeting of stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended June 30, 2021, 
and is incorporated herein by reference. 

Item 11.  Executive Compensation 

Information required by Part III, Item 11, will be included in our Proxy Statement relating to our 2022 annual 
meeting of stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended June 30, 2021, 
and is incorporated herein by reference. 

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters. 

Information required by Part III, Item 12, will be included in our Proxy Statement relating to our 2022 annual 
meeting of stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended June 30, 2021, 
and is incorporated herein by reference. 

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence. 

Information required by Part III, Item 13, will be included in our Proxy Statement relating to our 2022 annual 
meeting of stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended June 30, 2021, 
and is incorporated herein by reference. 

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services. 

Information required by Part III, Item 14, will be included in our Proxy Statement relating to our 2022 annual 
meeting of stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended June 30, 2021, 
and is incorporated herein by reference. 

50 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART IV 

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules 

(a)  Documents Filed with Report 

(1)    Financial Statements. 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2020 and 2021  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    F-5

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income for the years ended June 30, 2019, 2020  

and 2021 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  

F-6

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended June 30, 2019, 2020 and 2021  . . .    F-7

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended June 30, 2019, 2020 and 2021 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    F-8

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    F-9

(2)    Exhibits. 

The information required by this Item is set forth on the Exhibit Index immediately following this page. 

Item 16. Form 10-K Summary 

None. 

51 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT INDEX 

Exhibit Description 

    Form      File No. 

   Exhibit   

Filing Date 

Incorporated by Reference 

  Share Exchange Agreement, dated November 7, 2013. 

S-1 

  333-193661    2.1  

  January 30, 2014 

  First Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the 

  S-1/A 

  333-193661    3.2  

  February 14, 2014 

Registrant. 

  Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Registrant.  

10-K 

  001-36348 

  3.2 

  August 11, 2017 

  Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, dated June 29, 

S-1 

  333-193661    4.1  

  January 30, 2014 

Exhibit 
Number 

2.1 

3.1 

3.2 

4.1 

2012. 

4.2* 

  Description of Securities. 

10.1 

  Form of Indemnification Agreement for directors and officers.  

S-1 

  333-193661    10.2     January 30, 2014 

10.2† 

10.2.1† 

10.2.2† 

10.3† 

10.3.1† 

10.4† 

10.5† 

  2008 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of agreement thereunder. 

S-1 

  333-193661    10.3     January 30, 2014 

  First Amendment to the 2008 Equity Incentive Plan, dated August 5, 

S-1 

  333-193661    10.3.1    January 30, 2014 

2010. 

  Second Amendment to the 2008 Equity Incentive Plan, dated 

S-1 

  333-193661    10.3.2    January 30, 2014 

June 29, 2012. 

  2014 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of agreement thereunder. 

  S-1/A 

  333-193661    10.4     February 14, 2014 

  Form of Market Stock Units Notice of Grant and Award Agreement 

8-K 

  001-36348 

  10.1 

  August 18, 2020 

under the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan. 

  Third Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement 
between Paylocity Corporation and Steven R. Beauchamp, dated 
February 7, 2014. 

  S-1/A 

  333-193661    10.5     February 14, 2014 

  Second Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement 

  S-1/A 

  333-193661    10.7     February 14, 2014 

between Paylocity Corporation and Michael R. Haske, dated 
February 7, 2014. 

10.6 

  Office Lease between 3850 Wilke LLC and Paylocity Corporation, 

S-1 

  333-193661    10.8     January 30, 2014 

dated January 12, 2007. 

10.7.1 

  Amendment to Office Lease, dated January 5, 2011. 

S-1 

  333-193661    10.8.1    January 30, 2014 

10.7.2 

  Amendment to Office Lease, dated May 6, 2013. 

S-1 

  333-193661    10.8.2    January 30, 2014 

10.7.3 

  Multi-Tenant Office Lease Agreement, dated June 1, 2016, by and 
between Paylocity Corporation and RPAI Schaumburg American 
Lane, L.L.C. 

8-K 

  001-36348 

  10.1    

June 2, 2016 

52 

 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 
Number 
10.8† 

Exhibit Description 

    Form      File No. 

   Exhibit   

Filing Date 

Incorporated by Reference 

  2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. 

  S-1/A 

  333-193661    10.9     February 14, 2014 

10.9† 

  Executive Employment Agreement between Paylocity Corporation 

10-K 

  001-36348 

  10.11    August 12, 2016 

and Mark S. Kinsey, dated May 1, 2015. 

10.10† 

  Executive Employment Agreement between Paylocity Corporation 

8-K 

  001-36348 

  10.1     August 9, 2016 

and Edward W. Gaty, dated August 8, 2016. 

10.11† 

  Executive Employment Agreement between Paylocity Corporation 

10-Q 

  001-36348 

  10.1 

  November 3, 2017 

and Toby J. Williams, dated September 18, 2017. 

14.1 

  Code of Business Conduct and Ethics. 

10-K 

  001-36348 

  14.1     August 22, 2014 

21.1* 

  List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant. 

23.1* 

  Consent of KPMG LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting 

Firm. 

24.1* 

  Power of Attorney (see page 56 to this Annual Report on 

Form 10-K). 

31.1* 

  Certification of Principal Executive Officer Required Under 

Rule 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934, as amended. 

31.2* 

  Certification of Principal Financial Officer Required Under 

Rule 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934, as amended. 

32.1** 

  Certification of Chief Executive Officer Under Rule 13a-14(a) and 
15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and 
18 U.S.C. §1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of The 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

32.2** 

  Certification of Chief Financial Officer Required Under 

Rule 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934, as amended, and 18 U.S.C. §1350 as adopted pursuant to 
Section 906 of The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

101.INS*    Inline XBRL Instance Document (the instance document does not 

appear in the Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags are 
embedded within the Inline XBRL document). 

101.SCH*   Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema. 

101.CAL*  Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase. 

101.LAB*  Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase. 

101.PRE*   Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase. 

53 

 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Form      File No. 

   Exhibit   

Filing Date 

Incorporated by Reference 

Exhibit 
Number 

Exhibit Description 

101.DEF*   Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase. 

104* 

  Cover Page Interactive Data File (Formatted as Inline XBRL and 

contained in Exhibit 101). 

†  Management contract, compensatory plan or arrangement. 
Filed herewith. 
* 
**  Furnished herewith. 

54 

 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SIGNATURES 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has 

duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

Date: August 6, 2021 

PAYLOCITY HOLDING CORPORATION 

By: 

/s/ Steven R. Beauchamp 
Steven R. Beauchamp 
Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive 
Officer) and Director 

55 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SIGNATURES AND POWER OF ATTORNEY 

Each person whose individual signature appears below hereby authorizes and appoints Steven R. Beauchamp and 
Toby J. Williams, and each of them, with full power of substitution and resubstitution and full power to act without the 
other, as his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent to act in his or her name, place and stead and to execute in 
the name and on behalf of each person, individually and in each capacity stated below, and to file any and all 
amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in 
connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents full 
power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing, ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-
fact and agents or any of them or their or his substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue 
thereof. 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following 
persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated. 

Signature 

Title 

Date 

/s/ Steven R. Beauchamp 
Steven R. Beauchamp 

/s/ Toby J. Williams 
Toby J. Williams 

/s/ Andrew Cappotelli 
Andrew Cappotelli 

/s/ Steven I. Sarowitz 
Steven I. Sarowitz 

/s/ Virginia G. Breen 
Virginia G. Breen 

/s/ Ellen Carnahan 
Ellen Carnahan 

/s/ Jeffrey T. Diehl 
Jeffrey T. Diehl 

/s/ Robin L. Pederson 
Robin L. Pederson 

/s/ Andres D. Reiner 
Andres D. Reiner 

/s/ Kenneth B. Robinson 
Kenneth B. Robinson 

/s/ Ronald V. Waters, III 
Ronald V. Waters, III 

Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive 
Officer) and Director 

August 6, 2021 

Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial 
Officer) 

August 6, 2021 

Chief Accounting Officer (Principal Accounting 
Officer) 

August 6, 2021 

  Chairman of the Board of Directors 

August 6, 2021 

  Director 

  Director 

  Director 

  Director 

  Director 

  Director 

  Director 

56 

August 6, 2021 

August 6, 2021 

August 6, 2021 

August 6, 2021 

August 6, 2021 

August 6, 2021 

August 6, 2021 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
     
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Consolidated Financial Statements: 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     F-2 
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2020 and 2021  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     F-5 
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income for the years ended June 30, 2019, 2020  

and 2021 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  

F-6 
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended June 30, 2019, 2020 and 2021  . .     F-7 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended June 30, 2019, 2020 and 2021 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     F-8 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     F-9 

   Page 

F-1 

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors 
Paylocity Holding Corporation: 

Opinions on the Consolidated Financial Statements and Internal Control Over Financial Reporting  

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Paylocity Holding Corporation and subsidiaries (the 
Company) as of June 30, 2021 and 2020, the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, 
changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended June 30, 2021, and 
the related notes (collectively, the consolidated financial statements). We also have audited the Company’s internal 
control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated 
Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.   

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the 
financial position of the Company as of June 30, 2021 and 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for 
each of the years in the three-year period ended June 30, 2021, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting 
principles. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial 
reporting as of June 30, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by 
the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. 

Change in Accounting Principle 

As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has changed its method of accounting for 
leases due to the adoption of Accounting Standard Update (ASU) No. 2016-02, Leases, effective July 1, 2019. 

Basis for Opinions  

The Company’s management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal 
control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, 
included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting and Attestation 
Report of the Registered Public Accounting Firm. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s 
consolidated financial statements and an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our 
audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) 
(PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities 
laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and 
perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of 
material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was 
maintained in all material respects.  

Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material 
misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that 
respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and 
disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used 
and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated 
financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of 
internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the 
design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing 
such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable 
basis for our opinions. 

F-2 

 
 
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting  

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding 
the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with 
generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies 
and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the 
transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are 
recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of 
management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely 
detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the 
financial statements. 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. 
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become 
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may 
deteriorate. 

Critical Audit Matter 

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the consolidated 
financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relates 
to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (2) involved our especially 
challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of a critical audit matter does not alter in any way 
our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical 
audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it 
relates. 

Capitalized internal-use software development costs  

As discussed in Notes 2(h) and 7 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company capitalizes certain internal-
use software costs related to new products as well as existing products when those costs will result in significant 
additional functionality. The Company's capitalized internal-use software asset, net of accumulated amortization 
was $45 million as of June 30, 2021. The Company capitalized $32 million of internal-use software costs during 
the year ended June 30, 2021.  

We identified the determination of capitalized internal-use software development costs as a critical audit matter 
because of the degree of subjectivity involved in assessing which projects met the capitalization criteria.  

The following are the primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter. We evaluated the 
design and tested the operating effectiveness of an internal control related to the critical audit matter. This control 
related to the determination of which software development projects met the capitalization criteria. For a selection 
of current year capitalized software costs, we evaluated the Company's determination to capitalize the costs by 
reading the Company's analysis and discussing the objective and status of the projects with IT department 
management. We also assessed a sample of the Company's capitalized costs by confirming the nature of the 
activities performed with individual software developers. 

/s/ KPMG LLP 

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2013. 

Chicago, Illinois 
August 6, 2021 

F-3 

 
PAYLOCITY HOLDING CORPORATION 
Consolidated Balance Sheets 
(in thousands, except per share data) 

As of June 30,  

2020 

2021 

Assets 
Current assets: 

Cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $ 
Corporate investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     
Accounts receivable, net  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      
Deferred contract costs  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     
Prepaid expenses and other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      
Total current assets before funds held for clients  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      
Funds held for clients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      
Total current assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      
Capitalized internal-use software, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      
Property and equipment, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      
Operating lease right-of-use assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     
Intangible assets, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      
Goodwill  . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      
Long-term deferred contract costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     
Long - term prepaid expenses and other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     
Deferred income tax assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     

 202,287 
 4,456 
 6,267 
 44,230 
 15,966 
 273,206 
    1,759,677 
    2,032,883 
 45,018 
 59,835 
 43,984 
 13,027 
 33,650 
 170,663 
 4,223 
 11,602 
Total assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $   1,985,648    $  2,414,885 

 250,851    $ 
 34,556   
 4,923   
 32,332   
 13,188   
 335,850   
 1,327,304   
 1,663,154   
 36,501   
 66,737   
 48,658   
 13,360   
 21,655   
 125,711   
 4,917   
 4,955   

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity 
Current liabilities: 

Accounts payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $ 
Accrued expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      
Total current liabilities before client fund obligations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      
Client fund obligations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      
Total current liabilities  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      
Long-term debt  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      
Long-term operating lease liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     
Other long-term liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     
Deferred income tax liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      

 4,230 
 103,109 
 107,339 
    1,759,677 
    1,867,016 
 — 
 67,201 
 1,958 
 1,780 
Total liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $   1,592,740    $  1,937,955 

 1,755    $ 
 79,881   
 81,636   
 1,327,304   
 1,408,940   
 100,000   
 73,299   
 1,747   
 8,754   

Stockholders’ equity: 

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 5,000 authorized, no shares issued and outstanding 

at June 30, 2020 and June 30, 2021 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $ 

 —    $ 

 — 

Common stock, $0.001 par value, 155,000 shares authorized at June 30, 2020 and 
June 30, 2021; 53,792 shares issued and outstanding at June 30, 2020 and 54,594 
shares issued and outstanding at June 30, 2021  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      
Additional paid-in capital  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      
Retained earnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      
Accumulated other comprehensive income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     
Total stockholders' equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $ 

 55 
 241,718 
 235,091 
 66 
 476,930 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $   1,985,648    $  2,414,885 

 54   
 227,907   
 164,272   
 675   
 392,908    $ 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 

F-5 

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
   
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
PAYLOCITY HOLDING CORPORATION 
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income 
(in thousands, except per share data) 

For the Years Ended June 30,  
2020 

2021 

2019 

Revenues: 

Recurring and other revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   $   447,752    $   546,212    $   631,725 
 3,902 
Interest income on funds held for clients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
 635,627 
Total revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
 219,298 
Cost of revenues  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
Gross profit  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
 416,329 
Operating expenses: 

 15,117   
 561,329   
 182,010   
 379,319   

 19,881   
 467,633   
 153,851   
 313,782   

Sales and marketing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
Research and development  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
General and administrative  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
Total operating expenses  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
Operating income  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
Other income (expense)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
Income before income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
Income tax expense (benefit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   $ 
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
Comprehensive income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   $ 

 112,599   
 50,329   
 94,630   
 257,558   
 56,224   
 1,822   
 58,046   
 4,223   
 53,823    $ 
 251   
 54,074    $ 

 145,134   
 62,766   
 105,248   
 313,148   
 66,171   
 947   
 67,118   
 2,663   
 64,455    $ 
 563   
 65,018    $ 

 161,808 
 76,707 
 119,771 
 358,286 
 58,043 
 (939)
 57,104 
 (13,715)
 70,819 
 (609)
 70,210 

Net income per share: 

Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   $ 
Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   $ 

 1.02    $ 
 0.97    $ 

 1.20    $ 
 1.15    $ 

 1.30 
 1.26 

Weighted-average shares used in computing net income per share: 

Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  

 52,914   
 55,414   

 53,547   
 55,807   

 54,318 
 56,305 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 

F-6 

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
PAYLOCITY HOLDING CORPORATION 
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity 
(in thousands) 

Stockholders' Equity 

Balances at June 30, 2018 
Cumulative effect of change in accounting 

  Additional   

Common Stock 

Paid-in 
    Shares       Amount       Capital 
   52,758    $   53    $  219,588    $ 

Retained 
Earnings 

  Accumulated   

Other 
(Accumulated   Comprehensive   Stockholders’ 

Total 

      Deficit) 

     Income (Loss)       Equity 

 (6,678)  $ 

 (139)  $   212,824 

 —   
 —   
 —   

 —   

 —   

 52,672 
 41,525 
 4,882 

 — 

 5,982 

 —   
 —   
 251   
 —   

 (29,004)
 (34,991)
 251 
 53,823 
 112    $   307,964 
 49,890 
 3,079 

 —   
 —   

 —   

 —   

 — 

 8,901 

 —   
 563   
 —   

 (41,944)
 563 
 64,455 
 675    $   392,908 
 65,662 
 —   
 3,313 
 —   

 —   

 — 

 —   

 12,214 

 (67,377)
 —   
 (609)
 (609) 
 70,819 
 —   
 66    $   476,930 

policy (adoption of Topic 606) . . . . . . . . . .   
Stock-based compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Stock options exercised . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Issuance of common stock upon vesting of  

 —   
 —   
 378   

 —   
 —   
 —   

 —   
 41,525   
 4,882   

 52,672   
 —   
 —   

restricted stock units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    

 660   

 —   

 —   

Issuance of common stock under employee  

stock purchase plan  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    

 116   

 —   

 5,982   

Net settlement for taxes and/or exercise  

price related to equity awards . . . . . . . . . . .    
Repurchases of common shares . . . . . . . . . . .   
Unrealized gains on securities, net of tax  . . .   
Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Balances at June 30, 2019 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     53,075    $   53    $  207,982    $ 
Stock-based compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Stock options exercised . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Issuance of common stock upon vesting of  

    (29,004) 
   (34,991) 
 —   
 —   

 (395) 
 (442) 
 —   
 —   

 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   

 49,890   
 3,079   

 —   
 270   

 —   
 —   

restricted stock units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    

 735   

 1   

 (1) 

Issuance of common stock under employee  

stock purchase plan  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    

 97   

 —   

 8,901   

Net settlement for taxes and/or exercise  

 —   

 —   

 —   
 —   
 —   
 53,823   
 99,817    $ 
 —   
 —   

 —   

 —   

price related to equity awards . . . . . . . . . . .    
Unrealized gains on securities, net of tax  . . .   
Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Balances at June 30, 2020 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     53,792    $   54    $  227,907    $   164,272    $ 
Stock-based compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Stock options exercised . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Issuance of common stock upon vesting of  

    (41,944) 
 —   
 —   

 —   
 —   
 64,455   

 (385) 
 —   
 —   

 65,662   
 3,313   

 —   
 —   
 —   

 —   
 490   

 —   
 —   

 —   
 —   

restricted stock units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    

 644   

 1   

 (1) 

Issuance of common stock under employee  

stock purchase plan  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    

 104   

 —   

 12,214   

 —   

 —   

Net settlement for taxes and/or exercise  

price related to equity awards . . . . . . . . . . .   
Unrealized losses on securities, net of tax . . .   
Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Balances at June 30, 2021 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     54,594    $   55    $  241,718    $   235,091    $ 

   (67,377) 
 —   
 —   

 —   
 —   
 70,819   

 (436) 
 —   
 —   

 —   
 —   
 —   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 

F-7 

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
PAYLOCITY HOLDING CORPORATION 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 
(in thousands) 

Cash flows from operating activities: 

Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   $ 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: 

 53,823   $ 

 64,455   $ 

 70,819 

For the Years Ended June 30,  
2020 

2021 

2019 

Stock-based compensation expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
Depreciation and amortization expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
Deferred income tax expense (benefit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
Provision for credit losses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
Net accretion of discounts and amortization of premiums on available-for-sale securities . . .  
Amortization of debt issuance costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
Changes in operating assets and liabilities: 

Accounts receivable   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
Deferred contract costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
Prepaid expenses and other. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
Accounts payable  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
Accrued expenses and other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
Tenant improvement allowance  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
Net cash provided by operating activities  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  

Cash flows from investing activities: 

Purchases of available-for-sale securities and other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
Proceeds from sales and maturities of available-for-sale securities  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
Capitalized internal-use software costs   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
Purchases of property and equipment   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
Lease allowances used for tenant improvements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
Acquisition of business, net of cash acquired  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  

 38,765  
 34,564  
 4,134  
 283  
 (2,230) 
 —  
 454  

 (1,188) 
 (34,992) 
 389  
 (75) 
 13,625  
 7,480  
 115,032  

 (250,685) 
 246,243  
 (20,142) 
 (11,280) 
 (7,480) 
 —  
 (43,344) 

Cash flows from financing activities: 

Net change in client fund obligations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
Borrowings under credit facility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
Repayment of credit facility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
Payment of contingent consideration  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
Repurchases of common shares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
Proceeds from exercise of stock options   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
Proceeds from employee stock purchase plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
Taxes paid related to net share settlement of equity awards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
Payment of debt issuance costs  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
Net cash provided by financing activities  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
Net change in cash, cash equivalents and funds held for clients' cash and cash equivalents  . . . . . .  
Cash, cash equivalents and funds held for clients' cash and cash equivalents—beginning of year . .  
Cash, cash equivalents and funds held for clients' cash and cash equivalents—end of year . . . . . . .   $   1,426,143   $ 
Supplemental Disclosure of Non-Cash Investing and Financing Activities 

 168,855  
 —  
 —  
 (1,000) 
 (34,991) 
 85  
 5,982  
 (24,207) 
 —  
 114,724  
 186,412  
 1,239,731  

Build-out allowances received from landlords  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   $ 
Purchases of property and equipment and internal-use software, accrued but not paid  . . . . . . .   $ 
Liabilities assumed for acquisition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   $ 

 1,264   $ 
 4,260   $ 
 —   $ 

Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information 

Cash paid for interest   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   $ 
Cash paid (refunds received) for income taxes  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   $ 

 —   $ 
 412   $ 

Reconciliation of cash, cash equivalents and funds held for clients' cash and cash equivalents to 

the Consolidated Balance Sheets 

Cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   $ 
Funds held for clients' cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
Total cash, cash equivalents and funds held for clients' cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . .   $   1,426,143   $ 

 132,476   $ 

 1,293,667  

 47,493  
 37,913  
 2,754  
 309  
 (1,836) 
 154  
 395  

 (732) 
 (54,944) 
 (196) 
 (806) 
 17,696  
 —  
 112,655  

 (400,343) 
 410,593  
 (25,715) 
 (16,578) 
 —  
 (16,714) 
 (48,757) 

 63,052 
 42,972 
 (13,642)
 316 
 347 
 171 
 632 

 (1,654)
 (56,850)
 (4,004)
 2,394 
 20,297 
 — 
 124,850 

 — 
 101,467 
 (28,594)
 (9,461)
 — 
 (14,992)
 48,420 

 (67,165) 
 100,000  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 8,901  
 (38,943) 
 (701) 
 2,092  
 65,990  
 1,426,143  
 1,492,133   $ 

 432,373 
 — 
 (100,000)
 — 
 — 
 146 
 12,214 
 (64,191)
 (64)
 280,478 
 453,748 
 1,492,133 
 1,945,881 

 —   $ 
 164   $ 
 674   $ 

 438   $ 
 84   $ 

 — 
 581 
 281 

 870 
 (136)

 250,851   $ 

 1,241,282  
 1,492,133   $ 

 202,287 
 1,743,594 
 1,945,881 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 

F-8 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
PAYLOCITY HOLDING CORPORATION 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  
(all amounts in thousands, except per share data) 

(1) Organization and Description of Business 

Paylocity Holding Corporation (the “Company”) is a cloud-based provider of payroll and human capital 

management software solutions. Services are provided in a Software-as-a-Service (“SaaS”) delivery model utilizing the 
Company’s cloud-based platform. The Company’s comprehensive product suite, comprised of payroll, human capital 
management, workforce management, talent management, benefits, modern workforce solutions and analytics & 
insights, delivers a unified platform that allows clients to make strategic decisions while promoting a modern workplace 
and improving employee engagement.   

(2) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies 

(a) Basis of Presentation, Consolidation, and Use of Estimates 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements of the Company have been prepared pursuant to the rules 

and regulations of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). 

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting 

principles (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets 
and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and 
the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those 
estimates. Future events and their effects cannot be predicted with certainty; accordingly, accounting estimates require 
the exercise of judgment. Accounting estimates used in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements change 
as new events occur, as more experience is acquired, as additional information is obtained and as the operating 
environment changes. 

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. 

All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. 

Beginning in fiscal 2020, the Company simplified the presentation of revenue and cost of revenues on its 

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income. The line items “Recurring fees” and 
“Implementation services and other” have been combined into one revenue line: “Recurring and other revenue”. 
Likewise, the line items “Cost of revenues - recurring revenues” and “Cost of revenues - implementation services and 
other” have been combined into one line: “Cost of revenues”. The Company changed the presentation of revenue and 
cost of revenues as Implementation services and other has become a smaller component of its overall revenue mix due to 
the human capital management (“HCM”) suite becoming a larger part of the portfolio. Previously reported results for the 
year ended June 30, 2019 have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation. 

(b) Concentrations of Risk 

The Company regularly maintains cash balances that exceed Federal Depository Insurance Corporation limits. 

No individual client represents 10% or more of total revenues. For all periods presented, substantially all of total 
revenues were generated by clients in the United States.  

(c) Cash and Cash Equivalents 

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less when 

purchased to be cash equivalents. 

(d) Funds Held For Clients, Corporate Investments and Client Fund Obligations 

The Company obtains funds from clients in advance of performing payroll and payroll tax filing services on 

behalf of those clients. Funds held for clients represent assets that are used solely for the purposes of satisfying the 
obligations to remit funds relating to payroll and payroll tax filing services. The Company has classified Funds held for 

F-9 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
clients as a current asset since these funds are held solely for the purposes of satisfying the client fund obligations. Funds 
held for clients is primarily comprised of cash and cash equivalents invested in demand deposit accounts. The Company 
also invests a portion of its funds held for clients and corporate funds in marketable securities.   

Marketable securities classified as available-for-sale are recorded at fair value on the Consolidated Balance 

Sheets. Unrealized gains and losses, net of applicable income taxes, are reported as Other comprehensive income (loss) 
in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income. Interest on marketable securities included in 
Funds held for clients is reported as Interest income on funds held for clients and interest on Corporate investments is 
reported as Other income on the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive income, respectively.  

The Company evaluates whether a decline in an individual security’s fair value as compared to its amortized 

cost basis resulted from credit loss or other factors by comparing the present value of cash flows expected to be collected 
from the impaired security with its amortized cost basis. If the security’s amortized cost basis exceeds the present value 
of expected cash flows, the Company records credit impairment loss through an allowance for credit loss. The Company 
did not recognize any credit impairment losses during the years ended June 30, 2019, 2020 or 2021.  

Client fund obligations represent the Company’s contractual obligations to remit funds to satisfy clients’ payroll 

and tax payment obligations and are recorded in the accompanying balance sheets at the time that the Company obtains 
funds from clients. The client fund obligations represent liabilities that will be repaid within one year of the balance 
sheet date. 

(e) Accounts Receivable 

Accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. Amounts collected on trade 

accounts receivable are included in Net cash provided by operating activities in the Consolidated Statements of Cash 
Flows. The Company maintains an allowance for credit losses reflecting expected credit losses in its accounts receivable 
portfolio. In establishing the required allowance, management considers historical losses adjusted to take into account 
current market conditions and the Company’s clients’ financial conditions, the amount of receivables in dispute, the 
current receivables aging and current payment patterns. The Company reviews its allowance for credit losses quarterly. 
Past due balances over 60 days and over a specified amount are reviewed individually for collectability. All other 
balances are reviewed on a pooled basis. Account balances are charged off against the allowance after all commercially 
reasonable means of collection have been exhausted and the potential for recovery is considered remote. The Company 
does not have any off-balance-sheet credit exposure related to its clients. 

Activity in the allowance for credit losses related to accounts receivable was as follows: 

For the Years Ended June 30,  
2020 

2021 

2019 

Balance at the beginning of the year  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $ 
Charged to expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Write-offs  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Balance at the end of the year  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $ 

 375    $ 
 283   
 (185) 
 473    $ 

 473    $ 
 309   
 (165) 
 617    $ 

 617   
 316   
 (133) 
 800   

(f) Deferred Contract Costs 

The Company defers certain selling and commission costs that meet the capitalization criteria under ASC 340-

40. The Company also capitalizes certain costs to fulfill a contract related to its proprietary products if they are 
identifiable, generate or enhance resources used to satisfy future performance obligations and are expected to be 
recovered under ASC 340-40. Implementation fees are treated as nonrefundable upfront fees and the related 
implementation costs are required to be capitalized and amortized over the expected period of benefit, which is the 
period in which the Company expects to recover the costs and enhance its ability to satisfy future performance 
obligations.  

The Company utilizes the portfolio approach to account for both the cost of obtaining a contract and the cost of 

fulfilling a contract. These capitalized costs are amortized over the expected period of benefit, which has been 
determined to be over 7 years based on the Company’s average client life and other qualitative factors, including rate of 
technological changes. The Company does not incur any additional costs to obtain or fulfill contracts upon renewal. The 

F-10 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
Company recognizes additional selling and commission costs and fulfillment costs when an existing client purchases 
additional services. These additional costs only relate to the additional services purchased and do not relate to the 
renewal of previous services.   

(g) Prepaid Expenses and Other Assets 

Prepaid expenses and other assets consist primarily of prepaid licensing fees, prepaid insurance premiums, 

deposits with vendors and time clocks available for sale or lease. 

(h) Capitalized Internal-Use Software 

The Company applies Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification 

(“ASC”) Topic 350-40, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other—Internal-Use Software, to the accounting for costs of 
internal-use software. Internal-use software costs are capitalized when module development begins, it is probable that 
the project will be completed, and the software will be used as intended. Costs associated with preliminary project stage 
activities, training, maintenance and all other post implementation stage activities are expensed as incurred. The 
Company also capitalizes certain costs related to specific upgrades and enhancements when it is probable the 
expenditures will result in significant additional functionality. The capitalization policy provides for the capitalization of 
certain payroll costs for employees who are directly associated with developing internal-use software as well as certain 
external direct costs, such as consulting fees. Capitalized employee costs are limited to the time directly spent on such 
projects. 

Capitalized internal-use software costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives, 
generally over a 24 or 36-month period. Management evaluates the useful lives of these assets on an annual basis and 
tests for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances occur that could impact the recoverability of these 
assets. 

(i) Property and Equipment and Long-Lived Assets 

Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation on property and equipment is calculated on the straight-
line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, generally three to seven years for most classes of assets, or over 
the term of the related lease for leasehold improvements. 

Long-lived assets, such as property and equipment, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in 
circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. If circumstances require a long-lived 
asset or asset group to be tested for possible impairment, the Company first compares the undiscounted cash flows 
expected to be generated by that asset or asset group to its carrying amount. If the carrying amount of the long-lived 
asset or asset group is not recoverable on an undiscounted cash flow basis, an impairment is recognized to the extent that 
the carrying amount exceeds its fair value. Fair value is determined through various valuation techniques including 
discounted cash flow models, quoted market values and third-party independent appraisals, as considered necessary. 

(j) Intangible Assets, Net of Accumulated Amortization 

Intangible assets are comprised primarily of acquired client relationships, proprietary technology, trade name 
and non-solicitation agreements and are reported net of accumulated amortization on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. 
Client relationships use the straight-line method of amortization over a five to nine-year time frame from the date of 
acquisition, while proprietary technology and trade name use the straight-line method of amortization over a five-year 
period from the date of acquisition. Non-solicitation agreements use the straight-line method of amortization over the 
term of the related agreements. The Company tests intangible assets for potential impairment when events or changes in 
circumstances indicate that the carrying value of such assets may not be recoverable. 

(k) Goodwill 

Goodwill is an asset representing the future economic benefits arising from other assets acquired in a business 

combination that are not individually identified and separately recognized. Goodwill is not amortized, but instead is 
tested for impairment at the reporting unit level. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, the 
Company would record an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s 
fair value, but the loss recognized should not exceed the amount of goodwill allocated to the reporting unit.  

F-11 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company performs its annual impairment review of goodwill in its fiscal fourth quarter or when a 
triggering event occurs between annual impairment tests. No impairment was recorded in fiscal 2019, 2020 or 2021 as a 
result of the Company’s qualitative assessments over its single reporting segment.  

(l) Leases 

The Company adopted Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) (“Topic 842”), 
effective July 1, 2019. The Company determines if an arrangement is a lease at agreement inception. Operating leases 
are included in Operating lease right-of-use assets, Accrued expenses, and Long-term operating lease liabilities in the 
Consolidated Balance Sheets. Right-of-use assets represent the Company’s right to use an underlying asset for the lease 
term and lease liabilities represent the Company’s obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. Operating 
lease right-of-use assets and liabilities are recognized at the lease commencement date based on the present value of 
lease payments over the lease term. In determining the present value of lease payments, the Company uses its 
incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at the lease commencement date. The operating lease 
right-of-use assets also include any lease payments made at or before the commencement date and are reduced by any 
lease incentives received. The Company’s lease terms may include options to renew or extend a lease. The Company 
recognizes amounts in Operating lease right-of-use assets and Operating lease liabilities when it is reasonably certain it 
will exercise such options. Leases with an initial term of 12 months or less are not recorded on the balance sheet. Lease 
expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the expected lease term.  

The Company’s most significant leases are real estate leases of office space. The remaining operating leases are 

primarily comprised of leases of printers and other equipment. For all leases, the Company has elected the practical 
expedient permitted under Topic 842 to combine lease and non-lease components. As a result, non-lease components, 
such as common area or equipment maintenance charges, are accounted for as a single lease element. The Company 
does not have any material finance leases. 

Fixed lease expense payments are recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Variable lease 

payments vary because of changes in facts or circumstances occurring after the commencement date, other than the 
passage of time, and are often due to changes in an external market rate or the value of an index (e.g. Consumer Price 
Index). Certain of the Company’s operating lease agreements include variable payments that are passed through by the 
landlord, such as insurance, taxes, and common area maintenance, payments based on the usage of the asset, and rental 
payments adjusted periodically for inflation. Variable payments are expensed as incurred and included within variable 
rent expense. 

The Company’s lease agreements do not contain material residual value guarantees, restrictions, or covenants. 

(m) Income Taxes 

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are 

recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts 
of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred 
tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which 
those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a 
change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. 

Deferred tax assets may be reduced by a valuation allowance to the extent we determine it is more likely than 

not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Management judgment is required in 
determining the period in which the reversal of a valuation allowance should occur. The Company is required to consider 
all available evidence, both positive and negative, such as historical levels of income and future forecasts of taxable 
income among other items, in determining whether a full or partial release of its valuation allowance is required. The 
Company is also required to schedule future taxable income in accordance with accounting standards that address 
income taxes to assess the appropriateness of a valuation allowance, which further requires the exercise of significant 
management judgment. The Company’s accounting for deferred tax consequences represents the best estimate of those 
future events. 

F-12 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company recognizes the effect of income tax positions only if those positions are more likely than not of 
being sustained. Recognized income tax positions are measured at the largest amount that is greater than 50% likely of 
being realized. Changes in recognition or measurement are reflected in the period in which the change in judgment 
occurs. When applicable, the Company records interest and penalties as an element of income tax expense. 

Refer to Note 13 for additional information on income taxes. 

(n) Revenue Recognition 

The Company applies Accounting Standards Codification Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers 

(“Topic 606”).  Topic 606 requires revenue to be recognized when an entity transfers control of goods or services to a 
customer in an amount that reflects the consideration to which a company also expects to be entitled to for those goods 
or services.  To achieve this core principle, the Company recognizes revenue from contracts with customers based on the 
following five steps: 

Identify the contract with a customer; 
Identify the performance obligations in the contract; 

1) 
2) 
3)  Determine the transaction price; 
4)  Allocate the transaction price to performance obligations in the contract; and 
5)  Recognize revenue when or as the Company satisfies a performance obligation. 

The Company derives its revenue from contracts predominantly from recurring and non-recurring service fees. 

While the majority of its agreements are generally cancellable by the client on 60 days’ notice or less, the Company 
offers term agreements to its clients, which are generally two years in length. Recurring fees are derived from payroll, 
timekeeping, and HR-related cloud-based computing services as follows: 

•  Payroll processing and related services, including payroll reporting and tax filing services are delivered on 
a weekly, biweekly, semi-monthly, or monthly basis depending upon the payroll frequency of the client 
and on an annual basis if a client selects W-2 preparation and processing services,  

•  Time and attendance reporting services, including time clock rentals, are delivered on a monthly basis, and  

•  Cloud-based HR software solutions, including employee administration and benefits enrollment and 

administration, are delivered on a monthly basis.  

The majority of the Company’s recurring fees are satisfied over time as services are provided. The performance 

obligations related to payroll services are satisfied upon the processing of the client’s payroll with the fee charged and 
collected based on a per employee per payroll frequency fee. The performance obligations related to time and attendance 
services and HR related services are satisfied over time each month with the fee charged and collected based on a per 
employee per month fee. For subscription-based fees which can include payroll, time and attendance, and HR related 
services, the Company recognizes the applicable recurring fees over time each month with the fee charged and collected 
based on a per employee per month fee.  

The Company has certain optional performance obligations that are satisfied at a point in time including the 

sales of time clocks and W-2 services.  

Non-recurring service fees consist mainly of nonrefundable implementation fees, which involve setting the 

client up in, and loading data into, the Company’s cloud-based modules. These implementation activities are considered 
set-up activities. The Company has determined that the nonrefundable upfront fees provide certain clients with a material 
right to renew the contract. Implementation fees are deferred and amortized generally over a period up to 24 months.  

Sales taxes collected from clients and remitted to governmental authorities where applicable are accounted for 

on a net basis and therefore are excluded from revenues in the Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income. 

Interest income earned on funds held for clients is recognized in Interest income on funds held for clients when 

earned as the collection, holding and remittance of these funds are components of providing services to clients. 

F-13 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(o) Cost of Revenues 

Cost of revenues consists primarily of costs to provide payroll and HCM solutions relating to the provision of 

ongoing client support and implementation activities and also includes amortization of capitalized internal-use software. 
The Company generally expenses these costs when incurred except for costs related to the implementation of the 
Company’s proprietary products. These costs are capitalized and amortized over a period of 7 years.  

(p) Advertising 

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising costs amounted to $283, $1,023 and $3,189 for the 

June 30, 2019, 2020 and 2021, respectively. 

(q) Stock-Based Compensation 

The Company recognizes all employee stock-based compensation as a cost in the financial statements. Equity-
classified awards, including those under the 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”), are measured at the grant 
date fair value of the award and expense is recognized, net of assumed forfeitures, on a straight-line basis over the 
requisite service period for each separately vesting portion of the award. For market share units, the Company estimates 
grant date fair value using a discrete model based on multiple stock price-paths developed through the use of Monte 
Carlo simulation. For estimated shares purchasable under the ESPP, the Company estimates grant date fair value using 
the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The Company periodically updates the assumed forfeiture rates for actual 
experience over award vesting term.  

(r) Commitments and Contingencies 

Liabilities for loss contingencies arising from claims, assessments, litigation, fines, and penalties and other 

sources are recorded when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated. 
Legal costs incurred in connection with loss contingencies are expensed as incurred. 

(s) Segment Information 

The Company’s chief operating decision maker reviews the financial results of the Company in total when 
evaluating financial performance and for purposes of allocating resources. The Company has thus determined that it 
operates in a single reporting segment. 

(t) Recently Adopted Accounting Standards 

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), which requires lessees to recognize 

leases on-balance sheet and disclose key information about leasing arrangements. The new standard establishes a right-
of-use (“ROU”) model that requires a lessee to recognize a ROU asset and lease liability on the balance sheet for all 
leases with a term longer than 12 months. Leases will be classified as finance or operating, with classification affecting 
the pattern and classification of expense recognition in the income statement. 

The Company adopted the new standard on July 1, 2019 using the modified retrospective method and the 

transition relief guidance provided by the FASB in ASU 2018-11, Leases (Topic 842): Targeted Improvements. 
Consequently, the Company did not update financial information or provide disclosures required under the new standard 
for dates and periods prior to July 1, 2019. The Company elected the package of practical expedients and did not 
reassess prior conclusions on whether contracts are or contain a lease, lease classification, and initial direct costs. In 
addition, the Company adopted the lessee practical expedient to combine lease and non-lease components for all asset 
classes and elected to not recognize ROU assets and lease liabilities for leases with a term of 12 months or less. 

Adoption of the new standard resulted in the Company recording operating lease ROU assets and operating 

lease liabilities of $52,083 and $83,852, respectively, as of July 1, 2019. The ROU assets were recorded net of 
$31,769 in deferred rent adjustments that were previously recorded in Accrued expenses and Deferred rent on the 
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2019. The adoption of this standard did not result in any cumulative-effect 
adjustments to Retained earnings. Additionally, there was no impact on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of 
Operations and Comprehensive Income or the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows as a result of the adoption of 

F-14 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
Topic 842 for the year ended June 30, 2019. Refer to Note 2(l) and Note 12 for additional disclosures over the 
Company’s leases. 

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement 
of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, which requires the measurement and recognition of expected credit losses for 
financial instruments held at amortized cost, including trade receivables. Under ASU 2016-13, the Company assesses its 
allowance for credit losses on accounts receivable by taking into consideration current economic conditions, reasonable 
and supportable forecasts, as well as past experience including historical write-off trends and client-specific 
circumstances. The new standard also eliminated the concept of other-than-temporary impairment and requires expected 
credit losses related to available-for-sale debt securities to be recorded through an allowance for credit losses rather than 
as a reduction in the amortized cost basis of the securities. The Company adopted this standard effective July 1, 2020, 
using a modified retrospective approach, and the adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial 
statements. 

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure 

Framework - Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement (“ASU 2018-13”), which amends the 
requirements for fair value measurement disclosures. ASU 2018-13 removes, modifies or adds certain disclosure 
requirements under GAAP. The Company adopted this standard on July 1, 2020, and removed or modified disclosure 
requirements retrospectively to all periods presented, whereas any new requirements are being applied prospectively 
from the adoption date. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial 
statements. 

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for 

Income Taxes (“ASU 2019-12”) which provides guidance to reduce complexity in certain areas of accounting for 
income taxes. ASU 2019-12 removes certain exceptions to the general principles in Topic 740 and simplifies various 
aspects of the current guidance to promote consistent application of the standard among reporting entities. The Company 
adopted ASU 2019-12 on July 1, 2020, and the adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the 
Company’s financial statements. 

(u) Recently Issued Accounting Standards 

From time to time, new accounting pronouncements are issued by the FASB or other standard setting bodies 
that are adopted by the Company as of the specified effective date. Unless otherwise discussed, the Company believes 
that the impact of other recently issued standards that are not yet effective will not have a material impact on the 
Company’s consolidated financial statements upon adoption.  

(3) Revenue 

The following table disaggregates revenue by Recurring fees and Implementation services and other, which the 

Company believes depicts the nature, amount and timing of its revenue: 

Year Ended  
June 30,  
2020 

2021 

2019 

Recurring fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $  436,955    $  526,267    $  609,658 
Implementation services and other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         
 22,067 
Total revenues from contracts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $  447,752    $  546,212    $  631,725 

       19,945   

 10,797   

Deferred revenue 

The timing of revenue recognition for recurring revenue is consistent with the timing of invoicing as they occur 

simultaneously upon the client payroll-processing period or by month.  As such, the Company does not recognize 
contract assets or liabilities related to recurring revenue.   

F-15 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
The nonrefundable upfront fees related to implementation services are invoiced with the client’s first payroll 
period. The Company defers and amortizes these nonrefundable upfront fees generally over a period up to 24 months 
based on the type of contract. The following table summarizes the changes in deferred revenue (i.e. contract liability) 
related to these nonrefundable upfront fees as follows: 

Balance at beginning of the year  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $ 
Deferral of revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Revenue recognized  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Balance at end of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $ 

2020 
 6,289 
         15,998 
 (13,853)
 8,434 

2021 
$ 
 8,434 
       16,106 
 (15,806)
 8,734 

$ 

Deferred revenue related to these nonrefundable upfront fees are recorded within accrued expenses and other 

long-term liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. The Company expects to recognize these deferred revenue 
balances of $7,068 in fiscal 2022, $1,600 in fiscal 2023, and $66 thereafter.  

Year Ended  
June 30,  

Deferred contract costs 

The following tables present the deferred contract costs balances and the related amortization expense for these 

deferred contract costs: 

Year Ended June 30, 2020 

Beginning 
Balance 
 82,103    $  53,529    $   (22,057)  $   113,575 
Costs to obtain a new contract . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $ 
Costs to fulfill a contract . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
 44,468 
 20,996   
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $   103,099    $  82,422    $   (27,478)  $   158,043 

Ending  
    Amortization       Balance 

  Capitalized  
     Costs 

   28,893   

 (5,421) 

Year Ended June 30, 2021 

Beginning 
Balance 

  Capitalized  
     Costs 

    Amortization     

Ending  
Balance 

Costs to obtain a new contract . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $   113,575    $  60,833    $   (28,690)  $   145,718 
Costs to fulfill a contract . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
 69,175 
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $   158,043    $  95,407    $   (38,557)  $   214,893 

   34,574   

 44,468   

 (9,867) 

Deferred contract costs are recorded within Deferred contract costs and Long-term deferred contract costs on 

the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Amortization of deferred contract costs is recorded in Cost of revenues, Sales and 
marketing, and General and administrative in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income. 
The Company did not record any impairment losses associated with its deferred contract costs during the years ended 
June 30, 2019, 2020 or 2021. 

Remaining Performance Obligations 

The Company has applied the practical expedients as allowed under Topic 606 and elects not to disclose the 

value of unsatisfied performance obligations for contracts that have an original expected duration of one year or less and 
contracts for which the variable consideration is allocated entirely to wholly unsatisfied performance obligations. The 
Company’s remaining performance obligations related to minimum monthly fees on its term-based contracts was 
approximately $47,854 as of June 30, 2021, which will be generally recognized over the next 24 months.  

F-16 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(4) Corporate Investments and Funds Held for Clients 

Corporate investments and funds held for clients consist of the following: 

Type of Issue 
Cash and cash equivalents  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $ 
Funds held for clients' cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Available-for-sale securities: 

June 30, 2020 

  Gross 
  unrealized  unrealized  

Gross 

Amortized 
cost 

 250,851    $ 

   1,241,282   

gains 

losses 

      Fair value 

 —    $ 
 —   

 —    $  250,851 
   1,241,282 
 —   

Commercial paper  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Corporate bonds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Asset-backed securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
U.S. treasury securities  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Total available-for-sale securities (1)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Total investments  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $  1,614,399    $ 

 6,643   
 44,343   
 49,978   
 21,302   
 122,266   

 6   
 414   
 424   
 67   
 911   
 911    $ 

 6,649 
 —   
 44,757 
 —   
 50,402 
 —   
 21,369 
 —   
 —   
 123,177 
 —    $ 1,615,310 

(1)  Included within the fair value of total available-for-sale securities above is $37,155 of Corporate 

investments and $86,022 of Funds held for clients. 

Type of Issue 
Cash and cash equivalents  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $ 
Funds held for clients' cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Available-for-sale securities: 

June 30, 2021 

  Gross 
  unrealized  unrealized  

Gross 

Amortized 
cost 

 202,287    $ 

   1,743,594   

gains 

losses 

      Fair value 

 —    $ 
 —   

 —    $  202,287 
   1,743,594 
 —   

 13,390   
Corporate bonds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
 7,062   
Asset-backed securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
 20,452     
Total available-for-sale securities (2)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Total investments  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $  1,966,333    $ 

 70   
 17   
 87     
 87    $ 

 13,460 
 —   
 7,079 
 —   
 —   
 20,539 
 —    $ 1,966,420 

(2)  Included within the fair value of total available-for-sale securities above is $4,456 of Corporate investments 

and $16,083 of Funds held for clients. 

Cash and cash equivalents and funds held for clients’ cash and cash equivalents included demand deposit 

accounts and money market funds as of June 30, 2020 and 2021. All of the Company’s available-for-sale securities had 
expected maturities of one year or less at June 30, 2021.  

Classification of investments on the consolidated balance sheets is as follows: 

June 30,  
2021 
 202,287 
Cash and cash equivalents  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       $ 
 4,456 
Corporate investments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
   1,759,677 
Funds held for clients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Long-term prepaid expenses and other  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
 — 
Total investments  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $  1,615,310    $  1,966,420 

June 30,  
2020 
 250,851    $ 
 34,556   
   1,327,304   
 2,599   

There were no available-for sale securities in an unrealized loss position as of June 30, 2020 or 2021. The 

Company regularly reviews the composition of its portfolio to determine the existence of credit impairment. The 
Company did not recognize any credit impairment losses during the years ended June 30, 2019, 2020 or 2021. All 
securities in the Company's portfolio held an A- rating or better as of June 30, 2021. 

The Company did not make any material reclassification adjustments out of Accumulated other comprehensive 

income for realized gains and losses on the sale of available-for-sale securities during the years ended June 30, 2019, 

F-17 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
2020 or 2021. Gross realized gains and losses on the sale of available-for-sale securities were immaterial for the years 
ended June 30, 2019, 2020 and 2021. 

(5) Fair Value Measurement 

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an 

orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. A three-level fair value hierarchy prioritizes 
the inputs used to measure fair value. The hierarchy requires entities to maximize the use of observable inputs and 
minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The three levels of inputs used to measure fair value are as follows: 

•  Level 1—Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities. 

•  Level 2—Quoted prices in active markets for similar assets and liabilities, or other inputs that are 

observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the 
financial instrument. 

•  Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to 
the fair value of the assets and liabilities. This includes certain pricing models, discounted cash flow 
methodologies and similar techniques that use significant unobservable inputs. 

The Company measures any cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and client fund 
obligations at fair value on a recurring basis using Level 1 inputs. The Company considers the recorded value of these 
financial assets and liabilities to approximate the fair value of the respective assets and liabilities at June 30, 2020 and 
2021 based upon the short-term nature of these assets and liabilities.  

Marketable securities, consisting of securities classified as available-for-sale as well as certain cash equivalents, 

are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis using Level 2 inputs obtained from an independent pricing service. 
Available-for-sale securities include commercial paper, corporate bonds, asset-backed securities and U.S. treasury 
securities. The independent pricing service utilizes a variety of inputs including benchmark yields, broker/dealer quoted 
prices, reported trades, issuer spreads as well as other available market data. The Company, on a sample basis, validates 
the pricing from the independent pricing service against another third-party pricing source for reasonableness. The 
Company has not adjusted any prices obtained by the independent pricing service, as it believes they are appropriately 
valued. There were no available-for-sale securities classified in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy at June 30, 2020 or 
2021.  

The fair value level for the Company’s cash and cash equivalents and available-for-sale securities is as follows: 

June 30, 2020 

Cash and cash equivalents  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $ 
Funds held for clients' cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . .   
Available-for-sale securities: 

Total 
 250,851    $ 

Level 1 
 250,851    $ 

   1,241,282   

   1,241,282   

Level 2 

Level 3 

 —    $ 
 —   

Commercial paper  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Corporate bonds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Asset-backed securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
U.S. treasury securities  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Total available-for-sale securities  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Total investments  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $  1,615,310    $  1,492,133    $   123,177    $ 

 6,649   
 44,757   
 50,402   
 21,369   
 123,177   

 6,649   
 44,757   
 50,402   
 21,369   
 123,177   

 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   

F-18 

 — 
 — 

 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
     
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $ 
Funds held for clients' cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . .   
Available-for-sale securities: 

Total 
 202,287    $ 

Level 1 
 202,287    $ 

   1,743,594   

   1,743,594   

Corporate bonds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Asset-backed securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Total available-for-sale securities  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Total investments  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $  1,966,420    $  1,945,881    $ 

 13,460   
 7,079   
 20,539   

 —   
 —   
 —   

Level 2 

Level 3 

 —    $ 
 —   

 13,460   
 7,079   
 20,539   
 20,539    $ 

 — 
 — 

 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 

June 30, 2021 

The Company determined that the carrying value of long-term debt under its revolving credit facility 
approximated fair value, which was classified as Level 2 as of June 30, 2020, because interest rates associated with the 
borrowings reflected market rates.  

(6) Business Combinations 

The Company accounts for business combinations in accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations. The 
Company recorded the acquisitions disclosed below using the acquisition method of accounting and recognized assets 
and liabilities at their fair values as of the date of acquisitions, with the excess recorded to goodwill. 

In April 2020, the Company acquired all of the shares outstanding of VidGrid, Inc. (“VidGrid”) through a 
merger for purchase price consideration of $17,256, which was paid in cash upon closing. VidGrid, Inc. is a leading 
video platform provider that enables peer-to-peer video learning courses, transforming video into two-way 
communication. This transaction expands the Company’s product functionality around workplace video communication 
and reaffirms its commitment to stronger employee collaboration, engagement and retention while helping clients 
prepare for the workplaces of the future. The allocation of the purchase price for VidGrid is approximately $12,065 of 
goodwill, $2,962 of proprietary technology and other immaterial assets and liabilities. 

In November 2020, the Company acquired all of the shares outstanding of Samepage Labs Inc. (“Samepage”) 

through a merger for purchase price consideration of $15,018, which was paid in cash upon closing. Samepage offers 
digital collaboration tools including task management, file sharing, real-time collaboration and more. This transaction 
expands the Company’s product functionality in these areas and demonstrates its commitment to building a modern 
workforce suite of solutions that meet the needs of HR teams and employees. The allocation of the purchase price for 
Samepage is approximately $11,995 of goodwill, $3,167 of proprietary technology and other immaterial assets and 
liabilities.  

The results from these acquisitions have been included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements 

since the closing of the acquisitions. Pro forma information was not presented because the effect of the acquisitions was 
not material to the Company’s consolidated financial statements. The goodwill associated with these acquisitions is not 
deductible for income tax purposes. Direct costs related to the acquisition were recorded as General and administrative 
expenses as incurred. 

(7) Capitalized Internal-Use Software 

Capitalized internal-use software and accumulated amortization were as follows: 

Capitalized internal-use software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $   119,178    $   150,922 
    (105,904)
Accumulated amortization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
 45,018 
Capitalized internal-use software, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $ 

 (82,677) 
 36,501    $ 

Amortization of capitalized internal-use software amounted to $16,921, $19,261 and $23,227 for the 

June 30, 2019, 2020 and 2021, respectively and is included in Cost of revenues. 

Year ended June 30,  
2021 
2020 

F-19 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
     
  
 
 
(8) Property and Equipment 

The major classes of property and equipment are as follows as of June 30: 

Office equipment  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   $ 
Computer equipment  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
Furniture and fixtures  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
Software   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
Leasehold improvements  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
Time clocks rented by clients   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
Accumulated depreciation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
Property and equipment, net  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   $ 

Year ended June 30,  
2021 
2020 
 5,211 
 4,619    $ 
 45,420 
 42,936   
 13,104 
 12,723   
 6,641 
 6,609   
 46,814 
 46,192   
 5,399 
 4,967   
    122,589 
    118,046   
 (62,754)
 (51,309) 
 59,835 
 66,737    $ 

Depreciation expense amounted to $15,392, $16,129 and $15,905 for the June 30, 2019, 2020 and 2021, 

respectively. 

(9) Goodwill and Intangible Assets 

The following table summarizes changes in goodwill during the years presented below: 

Balance at beginning of year  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $ 
Additions attributable to acquisitions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Balance at end of year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $ 

Year ended June 30,  
2021 
2020 
 21,655 
 9,590    $ 
 11,995 
 12,065   
 33,650 
 21,655    $ 

Refer to Note 6 for further details on the acquisitions during the years ended June 30, 2020 and 2021. 

The Company’s amortizable intangible assets and estimated useful lives are as follows: 

Year ended June 30,  
2021 
2020 

      Weighted  
average   
useful 

     life (years)   

Client relationships  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $   19,200    $   19,200    
 6,129   
Proprietary technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
 1,600   
Non-solicitation agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
 440   
Trade name  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Total   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
 27,369   
Accumulated amortization  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
   (14,342) 
Intangible assets, net   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $   13,360    $   13,027   

 2,962   
 1,350   
 350   
    23,862   
    (10,502) 

8.2 
5.0 
3.1 
5.0 

Amortization expense for acquired intangible assets was $2,251, $2,523 and $3,840 for the June 30, 2019, 2020 

and 2021, respectively. Future amortization expense for acquired intangible assets is as follows, as of June 30, 2021: 

Fiscal 2022 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Fiscal 2023 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Fiscal 2024 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Fiscal 2025 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Fiscal 2026 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Total  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   

$ 

$ 

 4,093 
 3,919 
 2,914 
 1,860 
 241 
 13,027 

F-20 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
     
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
(10) Accrued Expenses 

The components of accrued expenses are as follows: 

Accrued payroll and personnel costs   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $ 
Operating lease liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Deferred revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Other  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Total accrued expenses   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $ 

Year ended June 30,  
2021 
2020 
 73,969 
 53,284    $ 
 7,549 
 8,083   
 9,442 
 8,777   
 12,149 
 9,737   
 79,881    $   103,109 

(11) Debt 

In July 2019, the Company entered into a five-year revolving credit agreement with PNC Bank, National 

Association, and other lenders, which is secured by substantially all of the Company’s assets, subject to certain 
restrictions. The revolving credit agreement provides for a senior secured revolving credit facility (the “credit facility”) 
under which the Company may borrow up to $250,000, which may be increased to up to $375,000, subject to obtaining 
additional lender commitments and certain approvals and satisfying other requirements. The credit facility is scheduled 
to expire in July 2024, and any borrowings outstanding will mature and be payable upon such expiration. In April 2020, 
the Company borrowed $100,000 under the credit facility, which the Company repaid during the third quarter of fiscal 
2021. The Company incurred interest expense related to this borrowing at an average interest rate of 1.04%. 

The proceeds of any borrowings are to be used to fund working capital, capital expenditures and general 

corporate purposes, including permitted acquisitions, permitted investments, permitted distributions and share 
repurchases. The Company may generally borrow, prepay and reborrow under the credit facility and terminate or reduce 
the lenders’ commitments at any time prior to revolving credit facility expiration without a premium or a penalty, other 
than customary “breakage” costs with respect to London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) revolving loans. 

Any borrowings under the credit facility generally bear interest, at the Company’s option, at a rate per annum 

determined by reference to either the LIBOR (or a replacement index for the LIBOR rate) or an adjusted base rate, in 
each case plus an applicable margin ranging from 0.875% to 1.375% and 0.0% to 0.375%, respectively, based on the 
then-applicable net senior secured leverage ratio. Additionally, the Company is required to pay certain commitment, 
letter of credit fronting and letter of credit participation fees on available and/or undrawn portions of the credit facility. 

Under the credit facility, the Company is required to comply with certain customary affirmative and negative 

covenants, including a requirement to maintain a maximum net total leverage ratio of not greater than 4.00 to 1.00, a 
maximum net senior secured leverage ratio of not greater than 3.50 to 1.00 and a minimum interest coverage ratio of not 
less than 3.00 to 1.00. As of June 30, 2021, the Company was in compliance with all of the aforementioned covenants. 

(12) Leases 

The Company primarily leases office space under non-cancellable operating leases expiring on various dates 
from July 2021 through October 2032. The leases provide for increasing annual base rents and oblige the Company to 
fund its proportionate share of operating expenses and, in certain cases, real estate taxes. The Company also leases 
various types of office and production related equipment under non-cancellable operating leases expiring on various 
dates from November 2021 through July 2024.   

The components of operating lease expense were as follows:  

Year ended June 30, 
2021 
2020 
 9,139 
 9,686    $ 
Operating lease cost  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $ 
 75 
 40   
Short-term lease cost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Variable lease cost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
 4,796 
 3,167   
Total lease costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $   12,893    $   14,010 

F-21 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
     
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The classification of the Company’s operating lease right-of-use assets, operating lease liabilities and other 

supplemental information related to the Company’s operating leases are as follows: 

Year ended June 30, 
2021 
2020 

Operating lease right-of-use assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $   48,658    $   43,984   
Accrued expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $ 
 7,549   
Long-term operating lease liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $   73,299    $   67,201   
 9.6   
Weighted-average remaining lease term (years) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
 3.83  %
Weighted-average discount rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    

 10.3   
 3.83  % 

 8,083    $ 

The following table summarizes supplemental cash flow information related to the Company’s operating leases:  

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of operating lease liabilities  . . . . . . . . .     $ 
Operating lease assets obtained in exchange for new liabilities  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $ 

Year ended June 30, 
2021 
2020 
 11,093 
 10,374    $ 
 1,682 
 3,123    $ 

The undiscounted cash flows for future maturities of the Company’s operating lease liabilities and the 
reconciliation to the balance of operating lease liabilities reflected on the Company’s balance sheet are as follows as of 
June 30, 2021:  

Fiscal 2022 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $ 
Fiscal 2023 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     
Fiscal 2024 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     
Fiscal 2025 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     
Fiscal 2026 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     
Thereafter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     
Total undiscounted cash flows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     
Less: Present value discount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     
Total operating lease liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $ 

 10,192 
 9,798 
 9,594 
 9,392 
 9,067 
 41,965 
 90,008 
 (15,258)
 74,750 

As of June 30, 2021, the Company had not entered into any leases that had not yet commenced. 

(13) Income Taxes 

(a) Income Taxes 

Income tax expense (benefit) for the June 30, 2019, 2020 and 2021 consists of the following: 

Current taxes 

U.S. federal   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $ 
State and local  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   

 —    $ 
 90   

 —    $ 
 (92) 

 — 
 (75)

Deferred taxes: 

U.S. federal   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
State and local  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Total income tax expense (benefit)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $ 

 5,449   
 (1,316) 
 4,223    $ 

    (10,476)
 403   
 2,352   
 (3,164)
 2,663    $  (13,715)

Year ended June 30,  
2020 

2021 

2019 

F-22 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
(b) Tax Rate Reconciliation 

Income tax expense (benefit) differed from the amounts computed by applying the U.S. federal income tax rate 

of 21% for the years ended June 30, 2019, 2020 and 2021 to pretax income as a result of the following: 

Income tax expense (benefit) at statutory federal rate  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Increase (reduction) in income taxes resulting from: 

Research and development credit and other credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Non-deductible expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Change in valuation allowance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Stock-based compensation expense  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
State and local income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    

Year ended June 30,  
2020 
 21.0  %  

2019 
 21.0  %  

2021 
 21.0  %

 (3.0) 
 1.3   
 0.3   
 (10.4) 
 (2.0) 
 0.1   
 7.3  %   

 (3.2)  
 1.6   
 5.2   
 (18.3)  
 (1.8)  
 (0.5)  
 4.0  %   

 (7.1) 
 1.4   
 2.8   
 (35.0) 
 (6.7) 
 (0.4) 
 (24.0)%

The effective tax rate for the years ended June 30, 2019, 2020 and 2021 was 7.3%, 4.0% and (24.0)%, 
respectively, on pre-tax income of $58,046, $67,118 and $57,104, respectively. The decrease in the effective tax rate is 
primarily due to increased deductions related to stock compensation and research and development credits, partially 
offset by an increase to the valuation allowance.  

(c) Components of Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities 

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and 

deferred tax liabilities at June 30, 2020 and 2021 are presented below. 

Year ended June 30,  
2021 
2020 

Deferred tax assets: 

Operating lease liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $ 
Accrued expenses  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Stock-based compensation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Net operating loss carryforwards  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Federal and state tax credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Total deferred tax assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Valuation allowance  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Net deferred tax assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   

 21,041    $ 
 9,915   
 13,351   
 13,596   
 16,714   
 —   
 74,617   
 (3,967)  
 70,650   

 19,415 
 13,559 
 15,835 
 32,812 
 23,105 
 179 
    104,905 
 (5,584)
 99,321 

Deferred tax liabilities: 

Deferred contract costs  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Operating lease right-of-use assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Research and development costs  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Intangible assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Depreciation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Total deferred tax liabilities  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Net deferred tax asset (liability) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $ 

 (41,229)  
 (12,607)  
 (8,563)  
 (781)  
 (11,269)  
 (74,449)  
 (3,799)   $ 

 (56,618)
 (11,460)
 (10,664)
 (994)
 (9,763)
 (89,499)
 9,822 

On March 11, 2021, the President signed the American Rescue Plan Act, 2021 into law. The bill complements 

the provisions set forth in the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (the “CARES Act”) and the 
Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021, which were signed into law on March 27, 2020, and December 27, 2020, 
respectively. The provisions of the legislation do not have a significant impact on the Company’s income taxes.  

As of June 30, 2021, the Company maintains a valuation allowance of $5,584 for certain state tax benefits 

which may not be realized. Such assessment may change in the future as further evidence becomes available. 

F-23 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
     
     
     
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
At June 30, 2021, the Company has gross net operating loss carryforwards for federal income tax purposes of 

approximately $129,406, of which $37,525 expire between 2034 to 2038. The Company has gross net operating loss 
carryforwards for state income tax purposes of approximately $98,721, of which $73,751 expire from 2021 to 2040. The 
remaining $116,851 federal and state net operating loss carryforwards have an indefinite utilization period. The 
Company also has gross federal and state research and development tax credits and other state credit carryforwards of 
approximately $23,639, which expire between 2022 and 2041.  

As of June 30, 2021, the Company’s liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits, which would impact the 

Company’s effective tax rate if recognized, are presented below. The Company will include applicable penalties and 
interest when the benefit is recognized:  

  Year ended June 30,
2021 

Unrecognized tax benefits at beginning of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $ 
Additions for tax positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Additions for tax positions of prior periods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Unrecognized tax benefit at end of year  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $ 

 — 
 84 
 450 
 534 

The Company files income tax returns with the United States federal government and various state 
jurisdictions. Certain tax years remain open for federal and state tax reporting jurisdictions in which the Company does 
business due to net operating loss carryforwards and tax credits unutilized from such years or utilized in a period 
remaining open for audit under normal statute of limitations relating to income tax liabilities. The Company, including 
its domestic subsidiaries, files a consolidated federal income tax return. For years before fiscal year ended June 30, 2018, 
the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal examination; however, the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) has the 
ability to review years prior to fiscal year 2018 to the extent the Company utilized tax attributes carried forward from 
those prior years. The statute of limitations on state filings is generally three to four years.  

(14) Stockholders’ Equity 

Common Stock 

Holders of common stock are entitled to one vote per share and to receive dividends, when declared. The 

holders have no preemptive or other subscription rights and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions with 
respect to such shares. 

(15) Benefit Plans 

(a) Equity Incentive Plans 

The Company maintains a 2008 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2008 Plan”) and a 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the 

“2014 Plan”) pursuant to which the Company has reserved shares of its common stock for issuance to its employees, 
directors and non-employee third parties. The 2014 Plan serves as the successor to the 2008 Plan and permits the 
granting of restricted stock units and other equity incentives at the discretion of the compensation committee of the 
Company’s board of directors (“the Committee”). No new awards have been or will be issued under the 2008 Plan since 
the effective date of the 2014 Plan. Outstanding awards under the 2008 Plan continue to be subject to the terms and 
conditions of the 2008 Plan. The number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the 2014 Plan may 
increase each calendar year, continuing through and including January 1, 2024. The number of shares added each year 
may be equal to the lesser of (a) four and five tenths percent (4.5%) of the number of shares of common stock of the 
Company issued and outstanding on the immediately preceding December 31, or (b) an amount determined by the 
Company’s board of directors. The Company’s board of directors approved the increase in the number of common 
shares in reserve for issuance under the 2014 Plan by 1,000 shares, effective January 1, 2021. 

As of June 30, 2021, the Company had 12,523 shares allocated to the plans, of which 2,211 shares were subject 

to outstanding options or awards. Generally, the Company issues previously unissued shares for the exercise of stock 
options or vesting of awards; however, shares previously subject to 2014 Plan grants or awards that are forfeited or net 
settled at exercise or release may be reissued to satisfy future issuances.  

F-24 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table summarizes the changes in the number of shares available for grant under the Company’s 

equity incentive plans during the year ended June 30, 2021: 

Available for grant at July 1, 2020 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
January 1, 2021 Evergreen provision increase  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
RSUs granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
MSUs granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Shares withheld in settlement of taxes and/or exercise price . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Forfeitures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Shares removed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Available for grant at June 30, 2021  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   

Number of 
Shares 
 9,519 
 1,000 
 (494)
 (58)
 436 
 88 
 (179)
 10,312 

Shares removed represents forfeitures of shares and shares withheld in settlement of taxes and/or payment of 

exercise price related to grants made under the 2008 Plan. As noted above, no new awards will be issued under the 2008 
Plan. 

Stock-based compensation expense related to stock options, restricted stock units (“RSUs”), market share units 

(“MSUs”) and the Employee Stock Purchase Plan (as described below) is included in the following line items in the 
accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income: 

2021 
Cost of revenues  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $ 
 7,687 
Sales and marketing  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
    15,658 
Research and development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
    10,192 
    29,515 
General and administrative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Total stock-based compensation expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $   38,765    $   47,493    $   63,052 

2019 
 5,027    $ 
 7,631   
 5,325   
    20,782   

    13,960   
 7,182   
    20,714   

Year ended June 30,  
2020 
 5,637    $ 

In addition, the Company capitalized $2,760, $2,397 and $2,610 of stock-based compensation expense in its 

capitalized internal-use software costs in the years ended June 30, 2019, 2020 and 2021, respectively.   

In August 2020, the Company’s board of directors approved the Company’s fiscal 2021 annual operating plan 
to reflect the operating and financial impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic. In connection and alignment with the board’s 
approval of the updated operating plan, the Committee approved the modification of the performance targets for vesting 
of the performance-based restricted stock units granted in fiscal 2020 to certain executives. The Company recorded 
$6,423 during the year ended June 30, 2021 related to these modified performance-based restricted stock units. 

Stock option activity during the periods indicated is as follows: 

Outstanding Options 

Balance at July 1, 2020 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Options exercised  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Balance at June 30, 2021  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Options vested and exercisable at June 30, 2021  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    

     Weighted        
average 

  Weighted  
average   
exercise   
price 

  Number of  
shares 
 1,255    $  12.43    
 (490)  $   6.76   
 765    $  16.06   
 765    $  16.06   

remaining    Aggregate 
intrinsic 
contractual  
value 
term (years) 

 3.0    $ 167,406 

 2.4    $ 133,550 
 2.4    $ 133,550 

There were no stock options granted during the years ended June 30, 2019, 2020 or 2021. The total intrinsic 
value of options exercised during the years ended June 30, 2019, 2020 and 2021 was $24,920, $29,791 and $84,072, 
respectively.  

The Company may also grant RSUs under the 2014 Plan with terms determined at the discretion of the 
Committee. RSUs generally vest over three or four years following the grant date. Certain RSU awards have time-based 

F-25 

 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
     
     
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
vesting conditions while other RSUs vest based on the achievement of certain revenue and Adjusted EBITDA targets in 
current and future fiscal years. For these performance-based RSUs, the Company recognizes stock-based compensation 
expense based upon the probable achievement of these aforementioned performance metrics. The following table 
represents restricted stock unit activity during the year ended June 30, 2021: 

RSU balance at July 1, 2020 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
RSUs granted  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
RSUs vested  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
RSUs forfeited  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
RSU balance at June 30, 2021 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
RSUs expected to vest at June 30, 2021  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   

Weighted 
average 
grant date 
fair value 

 73.96 
 135.17 
 65.46 
 91.46 
 100.33 
 99.53 

Units 
 1,626    $ 
 494    $ 
 (644)  $ 
 (88)  $ 
 1,388    $ 
 1,314    $ 

At June 30, 2021, there was $55,289 of total unrecognized compensation cost, net of estimated forfeitures, 

related to unvested restricted stock units granted. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period 
of 1.8 years.  

The Company also grants MSUs under the 2014 Plan with terms determined at the discretion of the Committee. 

In August 2020, the Company granted approximately 58 MSUs with a grant date fair value of $178.04. The actual 
number of MSUs that will be eligible to vest is based on the achievement of a relative total shareholder return (“TSR”) 
target as compared to the TSR realized by each of the companies comprising the Russell 3000 Index over an 
approximately three-year period. The MSUs cliff-vest at the end of the TSR measurement period, and up to 200% of the 
target number of shares subject to each MSU are eligible to be earned. 

The Company estimated the grant date fair value of the MSUs using a Monte Carlo simulation model that 

included the following assumptions: 

Expected dividend yield  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       
Expected volatility  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Expected term (years)   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Risk - free interest rate  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    

0  % 
52.0  % 
3.04 
0.18  % 

At June 30, 2021, there was $6,608 of total unrecognized compensation cost, net of estimated forfeitures, 

related to unvested MSUs. That cost is expected to be recognized over a period of 2.2 years. 

The total of excess income tax benefits for stock-based compensation arrangements was $41,195, $67,816 and 

$128,229 for the years ended June 30, 2019, 2020 and 2021, respectively, and were recognized through Income tax 
expense (benefit). 

(b) Employee Stock Purchase Plan 

Under the Company’s Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”), the Company can grant stock purchase rights 
to all eligible employees during specific offering periods not to exceed twenty-seven months.  Each offering period will 
begin on the trading day closest to May 16 and November 16 of each year. Shares are purchased through employees’ 
payroll deductions, up to a maximum of 10% of employees’ compensation for each purchase period, at a purchase price 
equal to 85% of the lesser of the fair market value of the Company’s common stock at the first trading day of the 
applicable offering period or the purchase date.  Participants may purchase up to $25 worth of common stock or 2 shares 
of common stock in any one year. The ESPP is considered compensatory and results in compensation expense. 

As of June 30, 2021, a total of 1,194 shares of common stock were reserved for future issuances under the 

ESPP. The number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the ESPP may increase each calendar year, 
continuing through and including January 1, 2024.  The number of shares added each year may be equal to the lesser of 
(a) 400, (b) seventy-five one hundredths percent (0.75%) of the number of shares of common stock of the Company 
issued and outstanding on the immediately preceding December 31, or (c) an amount determined by the Company’s 

F-26 

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
board of directors. The Company’s board of directors approved the increase in the number of common shares in reserve 
for issuance under the ESPP by 400 shares, effective January 1, 2021.  

The Company issued a total of 104 shares upon the completion of its six-month offering periods ending 

November 13, 2020 and May 14, 2021. The Company recorded compensation expense attributable to the ESPP of 
$1,949, $3,235 and $4,570 for the years ended June 30, 2019, 2020 and 2021, respectively, which is included in the 
summary of stock-based compensation expense above. The grant date fair value of the ESPP offering periods was 
estimated using the following weighted average assumptions: 

2019 

Year ended June 30,  
2020 

2021 

Valuation assumptions: 
Expected dividend yield  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
0  % 
Expected volatility  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    33.5 - 38.6  %    38.6 - 72.2  %    42.2 - 72.2  % 
Expected term (years)   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Risk - free interest rate  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    2.10 - 2.48  %  0.15 - 2.44  %  0.04 - 0.15  % 

 0.5   

 0.5   

0  % 

0  % 

 0.5 

(c) 401(k) Plan 

The Company maintains a 401(k) plan with a matching provision that covers all eligible employees. The 
Company matches 50% of employees’ contributions up to 8% of their gross pay. Contributions were $5,693, $7,914 and 
$2,658 for the years ended June 30, 2019, 2020 and 2021, respectively. In response to the uncertainties presented by the 
COVID-19 pandemic, the Company temporarily suspended 401(k) plan matching contributions during the first three 
quarters of fiscal 2021. The Company reinstated contributions during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2021. 

(16) Commitments and Contingencies 

(a) Employment Agreements 

The Company has employment agreements with certain of its key officers. The agreements allow for annual 
compensation increases, participation in equity incentive plans and bonuses for annual performance as well as certain 
change of control events as defined in the agreements. 

(b) Litigation 

On July 12, 2019, a former employee filed a class and collective action complaint under federal and state law 

alleging that certain employees of the Company were misclassified as salaried exempt employees. The complaint sought 
unpaid overtime and other damages. The Company reached an agreement, without admitting any liability or 
wrongdoing, to settle this matter. The settlement of this claim did not have a material impact to the Company’s financial 
position, results of operations, or liquidity. 

On November 16, 2020, a potential class action complaint was filed against the Company with the Circuit Court 
of Cook County alleging that the Company violated the Illinois Biometric Information Privacy Act. The complaint seeks 
statutory damages, attorney’s fees and other costs. This claim is still in its earliest stages and the Company is unable to 
estimate any reasonably possible loss, or range of loss, with respect to this matter. The Company intends to vigorously 
defend against this lawsuit. 

From time to time, the Company is subject to litigation arising in the ordinary course of business. Many of these 

matters are covered in whole or in part by insurance. In the opinion of the Company’s management, the ultimate 
disposition of any matters currently outstanding or threatened will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s 
financial position, results of operations, or liquidity. However, these matters are subject to inherent uncertainties and 
could materially impact the Company’s financial position, results of operations, or liquidity based on the final 
disposition of these matters.  

F-27 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
      
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(17) Net Income Per Share 

Basic net income per share is computed using the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding 
during the period. Diluted net income per share is computed using the weighted-average number of common shares 
outstanding during the period and, if dilutive, potential common shares outstanding during the period. The Company’s 
potential common shares consist of the incremental common shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options, the 
release of restricted stock units and market share units and the shares purchasable via the employee stock purchase plan 
as of the balance sheet date.  

The following table presents the calculation of basic and diluted net income per share: 

Year ended June 30,  
2020 

2021 

2019 

Numerator: 

Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $   53,823    $   64,455    $   70,819 

Denominator: 
Weighted-average shares used in computing net income per share: 

Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   

 52,914   

 53,547   

 54,318 

Weighted-average effect of potentially dilutive shares: 

Employee stock options, restricted stock units, market share units and 

employee stock purchase plan shares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   
Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   

 2,500   
 55,414   

 2,260   
 55,807   

 1,987 
 56,305 

Net income per share: 

Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $ 
Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $ 

 1.02    $ 
 0.97    $ 

 1.20    $ 
 1.15    $ 

 1.30 
 1.26 

The following table summarizes the outstanding restricted stock units, market share units and employee stock 

purchase plan shares as of the balance sheet date that were excluded from the diluted per share calculation for the 
periods presented because to include them would have been anti-dilutive: 

Market share units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Restricted stock units  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Employee stock purchase plan shares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    

Year ended June 30,  
2020 

2019 

2021 

 —    
 69   
 13    
 82    

 —    
 23   
 —    
 23    

 38 
 6 
 — 
 44 

In August 2018, the Company announced that its board of directors approved a program to repurchase up to 

$35,000 of the Company’s common stock, with authorization through August 14, 2019. During the first quarter of fiscal 
2019, the Company completed the repurchase program and repurchased 442 shares for $34,991. All shares of common 
stock repurchased were retired. 

F-28 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
 
DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES 

    Exhibit 4.2 

The following is a summary of our capital stock and certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of 
incorporation (“Certificate of Incorporation”) and amended and restated bylaws (“Bylaws”). This summary does not 
purport to be complete and is qualified by the provisions of our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws.

Authorized Capitalization 

Our authorized capital stock consists of 155,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.001 par value, and 5,000,000 
shares of undesignated preferred stock, $0.001 par value.

Listing

Our common stock is listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol "PCTY."

Common Stock

The holders of common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders 
and do not have cumulative voting rights. Accordingly, holders of a majority of the shares of common stock entitled 
to vote in any election of directors may elect all of the directors standing for election. Subject to preferences that 
may be applicable to any preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of outstanding shares of common stock 
are entitled to receive ratably any dividends declared by our board of directors out of assets legally available. See the 
section titled "Dividend Policy." Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of our common stock are 
entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities and the liquidation preference of any then 
outstanding shares of preferred stock. Holders of common stock have no preemptive or conversion rights or other 
subscription rights. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock.

Preferred Stock

Pursuant to our Certificate of Incorporation, our board of directors has the authority, without further action by the 
stockholders, to issue from time to time up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, in one or more series. Our board 
will determine the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of the preferred stock, including dividend rights, 
conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences, sinking fund terms and the number of 
shares constituting any series or the designation of any series, any or all of which may be greater than or senior to 
the rights of the common stock. The issuance of preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders 
of common stock and reduce the likelihood that such holders will receive dividend payments and payments upon 
liquidation, and the likelihood that holders of preferred stock will receive dividend payments and payments upon 
liquidation may have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a change in control, which could depress the 
market price of our common stock. We have no current plan to issue any shares of preferred stock. 

Dividend Policy 

Neither Delaware law nor our Certificate of Incorporation requires our board of directors to declare dividends on our 
common stock. Any future determination to declare cash dividends on our common stock will be made at the 
discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our financial condition, results of operations, capital 
requirements, general business conditions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. We do 
not anticipate paying cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. 

Investor Rights Agreement 

We are party to an amended and restated investor rights agreement with certain of our stockholders. The amended 
and restated investor rights agreement grants such stockholders certain registration rights, which include demand 
registration rights, piggyback registration rights and short-form registration rights, with respect to shares of our 
common stock.  This summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified by the provisions of the amended 
and restated investor rights agreement. 

Anti-Takeover Provisions 

General 

Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws contain certain provisions that may be deemed to have an anti-
takeover effect and may delay, deter or prevent a tender offer or take-over attempt that a stockholder might consider 
in its best interest, including those attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares held 
by stockholders. 

Advance Notice Bylaws 

Our Bylaws provide that any stockholder who wishes to bring business before a meeting of our 

stockholders, or to nominate candidates for election as directors at a meeting of our stockholders, must deliver 
advance notice of their proposals to us before the meeting. 

Amendment of Bylaws 

Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws grant our board of directors the power to adopt, amend or 

repeal the Bylaws. 

List of Subsidiaries 

Exhibit 21.1 

Paylocity Corporation, an Illinois corporation
Benefit Administration Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation

•
•
• VidGrid Inc., a Delaware corporation
•
•

Samepage Labs Inc., a Delaware corporation
Samepage s.r.o., a Czech Republic company

Exhibit 23.1 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements (No. 333-194840, No. 333-201983, No. 333-209520, 
No. 333-216001, No. 333-222959 and No. 333-252779) on Form S-8 of our report dated August 6, 2021, with respect to the 
consolidated financial statements of Paylocity Holding Corporation and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. 

Our report refers to a change in method of accounting for leases as a result of the adoption of Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 
No. 2016-02, Leases. 

/s/ KPMG LLP 

Chicago, Illinois 
August 6, 2021 

 
 
 
Exhibit 31.1 

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT TO 
SECTION 302(a) OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

I, Steven R. Beauchamp, certify that: 

1.     I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Paylocity Holding Corporation (the “Company”) for 

the year ended June 30, 2021; 

2.     Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to 

state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements 
were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 

3.     Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, 
fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, 
and for, the periods presented in this report; 

4.     The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure 

controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial 
reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 

a.     Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and 

procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, 
including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during 
the period in which this report is being prepared; 

b.     Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over 

financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the 
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance 
with generally accepted accounting principles; 

c.     Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in 
this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the 
period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and 

d.     Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that 

occurred during the registrant’s fiscal year ended June 30, 2021 that has materially affected, or is reasonably 
likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 

5.     The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of 

internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of 
directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): 

a.     All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control 

over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, 
process, summarize and report financial information; and 

b.     Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a 

significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Date: August 6, 2021 

Name:  
Title:    Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive 

/s/ Steven R. Beauchamp 
Steven R. Beauchamp 

Officer) and Director 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 31.2 

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TO 
SECTION 302(a) OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

I, Toby J. Williams, certify that: 

1.     I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Paylocity Holding Corporation (the “Company”) for 

the year ended June 30, 2021; 

2.     Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to 

state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements 
were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 

3.     Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, 
fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, 
and for, the periods presented in this report; 

4.     The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure 

controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial 
reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 

a.     Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and 

procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, 
including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during 
the period in which this report is being prepared; 

b.     Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over 

financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the 
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance 
with generally accepted accounting principles; 

c.     Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in 
this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the 
period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and 

d.     Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that 

occurred during the registrant’s fiscal year ended June 30, 2021 that has materially affected, or is reasonably 
likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 

5.     The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of 

internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of 
directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): 

a.     All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control 

over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, 
process, summarize and report financial information; and 

b.     Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a 

significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Date: August 6, 2021 

Name: 
Title:   Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial 

/s/ Toby J. Williams 
Toby J. Williams 

Officer) 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER 
PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350 
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO 
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

Exhibit 32.1 

The undersigned, the Chief Executive Officer of Paylocity Holding Corporation (the “Company”), does hereby 

certify under the standards set forth and solely for the purposes of 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of 
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that the Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the year ended June 30, 2021 
fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and information 
contained in that Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of 
the Company. 

Date: August 6, 2021 

Name:
Title: Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive 

/s/ Steven R. Beauchamp 
Steven R. Beauchamp 

Officer) and Director 

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Company and will be 

retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER 
PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350 
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO 
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

Exhibit 32.2 

The undersigned, the Chief Financial Officer of Paylocity Holding Corporation (the “Company”), does hereby 
certify under the standards set forth and solely for the purposes of 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of 
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that the Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the year ended June 30, 2021 
fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and information 
contained in that Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of 
the Company. 

Date: August 6, 2021 

Name:
Title: Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial 

/s/ Toby J. Williams 
Toby J. Williams 

Officer) 

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Company and will be 

retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request. 

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Appendix A: 
Reconciliation of GAAP to 
Non-GAAP Financial Measures

Long-Term Financial Targets
We are unable to reconcile the forward-looking non-GAAP financial measures of Adjusted Gross Margin, Total 
R&D Investment, Sales/Marketing, General & Administrative, Adjusted EBITDA, and Free Cash Flow to their directly 
comparable GAAP financial measures because the information which is needed to complete a reconciliation is 
unavailable at this time without unreasonable effort.

Revenue 
$ in Millions

Reconciliation of GAAP to non-GAAP revenue:
Recurring fees
Interest income on funds held for clients
Total recurring revenues
Implementation services and other
Total revenue

Adjusted EBITDA 
$ in Millions

12 months ended June 30, 2018

As reported

Non-GAAP 
adjustments(1)

As adjusted

$ 354.4
9.1
363.5
14.0
$ 377.5

$ —
—
—
(5.5)
$ (5.5)

$ 354.4
9.1
363.5
8.5
$ 372.0

For the Years Ended June 30,

2018

2019

2020

2021

Reconciliation from net income to Adjusted EBITDA:
Net income
Interest expense
Income tax expense (benefit)
Depreciation and amortization expense
EBITDA
Stock-based compensation expense and employer payroll taxes related to 
stock releases and option exercises
Other items(2)
Adjusted EBITDA

$ 38.6
—
(21.8)
30.2
47.0

31.8
2.5
$ 81.3

$ 53.8 $ 64.5 $ 70.8
1.0
(13.7)
43.0
101.1

0.6
2.7
37.9
105.7

—
4.2
34.6
92.6

41.0
0.4

67.0
1.9
$ 134.0 $159.8 $170.0

50.4
3.7

(1)  As adjusted implementation revenue as if we recognized implementation revenue ratably over a period of up to 24 months for 

fiscal 2018.

(2)  Other items represents nonrecurring costs including lease exit and acquisition related costs and settlement of legal matter and 

related litigation.

Free Cash Flow 
$ in Millions

Reconciliation of Free Cash Flow:
Net cash provided by operating activities
Capitalized internal-use software costs
Purchases of property and equipment
Lease allowances used for tenant improvements
Free Cash Flow

For the Years Ended June 30,

2018

2019

2020

2021

$ 97.9
(15.6)
(21.7)
(11.8)
$ 48.8

$ 115.0
(20.1)
(11.3)
(7.5)
$ 76.1

$ 112.7
(25.7)
(16.6)
—
$ 70.4

$124.9
(28.6)
(9.5)
—
$ 86.8

Paylocity 2021 Annual Report

A-1

1400 American Lane 
Schaumburg, IL 60173

paylocity.com 
investors.paylocity.com